Delta CP2000 Series User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Delta Manuals
  4. DC Drives
  5. CP2000 Series
  6. User manual

Delta CP2000 Series User Manual

Sensorless fan/pump vector control drive
Hide thumbs Also See for CP2000 Series:
1
2
3
4
5
Table Of Contents
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Industrial Automation Headquarters
Delta Electronics, Inc.
Taoyuan Technology Center
No.18, Xinglong Rd., Taoyuan District,
Taoyuan City 33068, Taiwan
TEL: 886-3-362-6301 / FAX: 886-3-371-6301
Asia
Delta Electronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
No.182 Minyu Rd., Pudong Shanghai, P.R.C.
Post code : 201209
TEL: 86-21-6872-3988 / FAX: 86-21-6872-3996
Customer Service: 400-820-9595
Delta Electronics (Japan), Inc.
Tokyo Office
Industrial Automation Sales Department
2-1-14 Shibadaimon, Minato-ku
Tokyo, Japan 105-0012
TEL: 81-3-5733-1155 / FAX: 81-3-5733-1255
Delta Electronics (Korea), Inc.
Seoul Office
1511, 219, Gasan Digital 1-Ro., Geumcheon-gu,
Seoul, 08501 South Korea
TEL: 82-2-515-5305 / FAX: 82-2-515-5302
Delta Energy Systems (Singapore) Pte Ltd.
4 Kaki Bukit Avenue 1, #05-04, Singapore 417939
TEL: 65-6747-5155 / FAX: 65-6744-9228
Delta Electronics (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Plot No.43, Sector 35, HSIIDC Gurgaon,
PIN 122001, Haryana, India
TEL: 91-124-4874900 / FAX : 91-124-4874945
Delta Electronics (Thailand) PCL.
909 Soi 9, Moo 4, Bangpoo Industrial Estate (E.P.Z),
Pattana 1 Rd., T.Phraksa, A.Muang,
Samutprakarn 10280, Thailand
TEL: 66-2709-2800 / FAX : 662-709-2827
Delta Energy Systems (Australia) Pty Ltd.
Unit 20-21/45 Normanby Rd., Notting Hill Vic 3168, Australia
TEL: 61-3-9543-3720
Americas
Delta Electronics (Americas) Ltd.
Raleigh Office
P.O. Box 12173, 5101 Davis Drive,
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, U.S.A.
TEL: 1-919-767-3813 / FAX: 1-919-767-3969
Delta Greentech (Brasil) S/A
São Paulo Office
Rua Itapeva, 26 – 3˚ Andar - Bela Vista
CEP: 01332-000 – São Paulo – SP - Brasil
TEL: 55-11-3530-8642 / 55-11-3530-8640
Delta Electronics International Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Mexico Office
Vía Dr. Gustavo Baz No. 2160, Colonia La Loma,
54060 Tlalnepantla Estado de Mexico
TEL: 52-55-2628-3015 #3050/3052
*We reserve the right to change the information in this manual without prior notice.
D E L T A _ I A - M D S _ V F D - C P 2 0 0 0 _ U M _ E N _ 2 0 1 9 0 7 2 3
EMEA
Headquarters:
Delta Electronics (Netherlands) B.V.
Sales: Sales.IA.EMEA@deltaww.com
Marketing: Marketing.IA.EMEA@deltaww.com
Technical Support: iatechnicalsupport@deltaww.com
Customer Support: Customer-Support@deltaww.com
Service: Service.IA.emea@deltaww.com
TEL: +31(0)40 800 3800
BENELUX:
Delta Electronics (Netherlands) B.V.
De Witbogt 20, 5652 AG Eindhoven, The Netherlands
Mail: Sales.IA.Benelux@deltaww.com
TEL: +31(0)40 800 3800
DACH:
Delta Electronics (Netherlands) B.V.
Coesterweg 45, D-59494 Soest, Germany
Mail: Sales.IA.DACH@deltaww.com
TEL: +49(0)2921 987 0
France:
Delta Electronics (France) S.A.
ZI du bois Challand 2, 15 rue des Pyrénées,
Lisses, 91090 Evry Cedex, France
Mail: Sales.IA.FR@deltaww.com
TEL: +33(0)1 69 77 82 60
Iberia:
Delta Electronics Solutions (Spain) S.L.U
Ctra. De Villaverde a Vallecas, 265 1º Dcha Ed.
Hormigueras – P.I. de Vallecas 28031 Madrid
TEL: +34(0)91 223 74 20
Carrer Llacuna 166, 08018 Barcelona, Spain
Mail: Sales.IA.Iberia@deltaww.com
Italy:
Delta Electronics (Italy) S.r.l.
Ufficio di Milano Via Senigallia 18/2 20161 Milano (MI)
Piazza Grazioli 18 00186 Roma Italy
Mail: Sales.IA.Italy@deltaww.com
TEL: +39 02 64672538
Russia:
Delta Energy System LLC
Vereyskaya Plaza II, office 112 Vereyskaya str.
17 121357 Moscow Russia
Mail: Sales.IA.RU@deltaww.com
TEL: +7 495 644 3240
Turkey:
Delta Greentech Elektronik San. Ltd. Sti. (Turkey)
Şerifali Mah. Hendem Cad. Kule Sok. No:16-A
34775 Ümraniye – İstanbul
Mail: Sales.IA.Turkey@deltaww.com
TEL: + 90 216 499 9910
GCC:
Delta Energy Systems AG (Dubai BR)
P.O. Box 185668, Gate 7, 3rd Floor, Hamarain Centre
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Mail: Sales.IA.MEA@deltaww.com
TEL: +971(0)4 2690148
Egypt + North Africa:
Delta Electronics
511 Cairo Business Plaza, North 90 street,
New Cairo, Cairo, Egypt
Mail: Sales.IA.MEA@deltaww.com
Delta Fan/Pump Vector
Control Drive
CP2000 Series
User Manual
w w w. d e l t a w w. c o m

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the CP2000 Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Delta CP2000 Series

Summary of Contents for Delta CP2000 Series

  • Page 1 TEL: +7 495 644 3240 Raleigh Office P.O. Box 12173, 5101 Davis Drive, Turkey: Delta Greentech Elektronik San. Ltd. Sti. (Turkey) Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, U.S.A. Şerifali Mah. Hendem Cad. Kule Sok. No:16-A TEL: 1-919-767-3813 / FAX: 1-919-767-3969 34775 Ümraniye – İstanbul Mail: Sales.IA.Turkey@deltaww.com...
  • Page 2 Limitation of Liability The contents of this user manual are only for the use of the AC motor drives manufactured by Delta. Except as defined in special mandatory laws, Delta provides this user manual “as is” and does not offer any kind of warranty through this user manual for using the product, either express or implied, including but not limited to the following: (i) this product will meet your needs or expectations;...
  • Page 4 PLEASE READ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR SAFETY.  Disconnect AC input power before connecting any wiring to the AC motor drive.  Even if the power has been turned off, a charge may still remain in the DC-link capacitors with hazardous voltages before the POWER LED is OFF. Do NOT touch the DANGER internal circuits and components.
  • Page 5 2. Use other methods, such as heat treatment or any other non-fumigation treatment, to deworm the wood packaging material. 3. If you use heat treatment to deworm, leave the packaging materials in an environment of over 56°C for a minimum of thirty minutes. ...

  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ........................1-1 1-1 Nameplate Information…....................1-2 1-2 Model Name………….......................1-3 1-3 Serial Number.........................1-3 1-4 Apply After Service by Mobile Device………………………………………………...…….1-4 1-5 RFI Jumper…........................1-5 1-6 Dimensions........................1-8 CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION ........................2-1 2-1 Mounting Clearance......................2-2 2-2 Air Flow and Power Dissipation...................2-5 CHAPTER 3 UNPACKING ........................
  • Page 7 8-10 CMC-PN01 ..........8-22 -- Communication card, PROFINET 8-11 EMC-COP01 ..........8-26 -- Communication card, CANopen 8-12 Delta Standard Fieldbus Cables………………………………………………………8-27 CHAPTER 9 SPECIFICATION ........................9-1 9-1 230V Series…………………………………................9-2 9-2 460V Series…………………………………................9-3 9-3 575V Series…………………………………………………………………………………..….…...….9-5 9-4 690V Series………………………………………………………………….………………..…………9-6 9-5 Environment for Operation, Storage and Transportation…………………………......9-9 9-6 Specification for Operation Temperature and Protection Level……........9-10...
  • Page 8 CHAPTER 12 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETER SETTINGS ..............12-1 12-1 Description of Parameter Settings ……..............12.1-00-1 00 Drive Parameters…………………………………………………………………………...12.1-00-1 01 Basic Parameters……………………………………………………………………….….12.1-01-1 02 Digital Input / Output Parameters………………………………………………………….12.1-02-1 03 Analog Input / Output Parameters………………………………………………………12.1-03-1 04 Multi-stage Speed Parameters………………………………………………………..…..12.1-04-1 05 Motor Parameters……………………………………………………………………….….12.1-05-1 06 Protection Parameters……………………………………………………………………..12.1-06-1 07 Special Parameters………………………………………………………………………..12.1-07-1 08 High-function PID Parameters…………………………………………………………….12.1-08-1...
  • Page 9 16-10 Internal Communications Main Node Control..............16-145 16-11 Modbus Remote IO Control Applications (use MODRW)...........16-149 16-12 Calendar Function……………………………………………………………………………..16-156 CHAPTER 17 INTRODUCTION TO BACnet…………………………………………………….….17-1 CHAPTER 18 SAFE TORQUE OFF FUNCTION……………………………………………………….18-1 18-1 The Drive Safety Function Failure Rate……………………………………………………………18-2 18-2 Safe Torque Off Terminal Function Description…………………………………………………...18-2 18-3 Wiring Diagram……………………………………………………………………………………….18-3 18-4 Parameters……………………………………………………………………………………………18-5 18-5 Operating Sequence Description…………………………………………………...………………18-6...

  • Page 10: Chapter 1 Introduction

    Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Chapter 1 Introduction 1-1 Nameplate Information 1-2 Model Name 1-3 Serial Number 1-4 Apply After Service by Mobile Device 1-5 RFI Jumper 1-6 Dimensions...

  • Page 11: Nameplate Information

    Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Receiving and Inspection After receiving the AC motor drive, please check for the following: Please inspect the unit after unpacking to ensure it was not damaged during shipment. Make sure that the part number printed on the package corresponds with the part number indicated on the nameplate.

  • Page 12: Model Name

    Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 1-2 Model Name: 1-3 Serial Number:...

  • Page 13: Apply After Service By Mobile Device

    3. Point your camera to the QR Code. Hold your camera steady so that the QR code comes into focus. 4. Access the Delta after Service website. 5. Fill your information into the column marked with an orange star. 6. Enter the CAPTCHA and click “Submit” to complete the application.

  • Page 14: Rfi Jumper

    Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 1-5 RFI Jumper (1) In the drive there are Varistor / MOVs, which are connected from phase to phase and from phase to ground, to protect the drive against mains surges or voltage spikes. Because the Varistors / MOVs from phase to ground are connected to ground via the RFI jumper, the protection will be ineffective when the RFI jumper is removed.
  • Page 15 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Isolating main power from ground: When the power distribution system of the drive is a floating ground system (IT Systems) or an asymmetric ground system (Corner Grounded TN Systems), you must remove the RFI jumper. Removing the RFI Jumper disconnects the internal capacitors from ground to avoid damaging the internal circuits and to reduce the ground leakage current.
  • Page 16 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Asymmetric Ground System (Corner Grounded TN Systems) Caution: Do not remove the RFI jumper while the input terminal of the Power Regenerative Unit carries power. In the following four situations, the RFI jumper must be removed. This is to prevent the system from grounding through the RFI capacitor and damaging the Power Regenerative Unit.

  • Page 17: Dimensions

    Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 1-6 Dimensions Frame A VFD007CP23A-21; VFD015CP23A-21; VFD022CP23A-21; VFD037CP23A-21; VFD055CP23A-21; VFD007CP43A-21; VFD015CP43B-21; VFD022CP43B-21; VFD037CP43B-21; VFD040CP43A-21; VFD055CP43B-21; VFD075CP43B-21; VFD007CP4EA-21; VFD015CP4EB-21; VFD022CP4EB-21; VFD037CP4EB-21; VFD040CP4EA-21; VFD055CP4EB-21; VFD075CP4EB-21; VFD015CP53A-21; VFD022CP53A-21; VFD037CP53A-21 See Detail A See Detail B Detail A (Mounting Hole) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-14 Unit: mm [inch] Frame...
  • Page 18 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame B VFD075CP23A-21; VFD110CP23A-21; VFD150CP23A-21; VFD110CP43B-21; VFD150CP43B-21; VFD185CP43B-21; VFD110CP4EB-21; VFD150CP4EB-21; VFD185CP4EB-21; VFD055CP53A-21; VFD075CP53A-21; VFD110CP53A-21; VFD150CP53A-21 See Detail A See Detail A See Detail B See Detail B Detail A (Mounting Hole) Detail A (Mounting Hole) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-15 Unit: mm [inch]...
  • Page 19 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame C VFD185CP23A-21; VFD220CP23A-21; VFD300CP23A-21; VFD220CP43A-21; VFD300CP43B-21; VFD370CP43B-21; VFD220CP4EA-21; VFD300CP4EB-21; VFD370CP4EB-21; VFD185CP63A-21; VFD220CP63A-21; VFD300CP63A-21; VFD370CP63A-21 See Detail A See Detail A See Detail B See Detail B Detail A (Mounting Hole) Detail A (Mounting Hole) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-16 Unit: mm [inch]...
  • Page 20 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame D D0-1: VFD450CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-00 SEE DETAIL A See Detail A See Detail B SEE DETAIL B DETAIL A DETAIL B Detail A Detail B (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-17 Unit: mm [inch] Frame 280.0 500.0...
  • Page 21 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame D D0-2: VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-21 SEE DETAIL A See Detail A See Detail B SEE DETAIL B DETAIL B DETAIL A Detail A Detail B (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-18 Unit: mm [inch] Frame Φ1 Φ2...
  • Page 22 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame D D1: VFD370CP23A-00; VFD450CP23A-00; VFD750CP43B-00; VFD900CP43A-00; VFD450CP63A-00; VFD550CP63A-00 See Detail A SEE DETAIL A See Detail B SEE DETAIL B DETAIL A DETAIL B Detail A Detail B (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-19 Unit: mm [inch] Frame...
  • Page 23 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame D D2: VFD370CP23A-21; VFD450CP23A-21; VFD750CP43B-21; VFD900CP43A-21; VFD450CP63A-21; VFD550CP63A-21 See Detail A SEE DETAIL A See Detail B SEE DETAIL B DETAIL A DETAIL B Detail A Detail B (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-20 Unit: mm [inch] Frame...
  • Page 24 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame E E1: VFD550CP23A-00; VFD750CP23A-00; VFD900CP23A-00; VFD1100CP43A-00; VFD1320CP43B-00; VFD750CP63A-00; VFD900CP63A-00; VFD1100CP63A-00; VFD1320CP63A-00 Se e Deta il A See Detail A See Detail B Se e Deta il B D etai l A D etai l B Detail A Detail B (Mou ntin g Hol e) (Mou ntin g Hol e)
  • Page 25 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame E E2: VFD550CP23A-21; VFD750CP23A-21; VFD900CP23A-21; VFD1100CP43A-21; VFD1320CP43B-21; VFD750CP63A-21; VFD900CP63A-21; VFD1100CP63A-21; VFD1320CP63A-21 See Detail A See Detail B Detail A Detail B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-22 Unit: mm [inch] Frame S1, S2 Φ1 Φ2 Φ3 370.0 715.8 300.0...
  • Page 26 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame F F1: VFD1600CP43A-00; VFD1850CP43B-00; VFD1600CP63A-00; VFD2000CP63A-00 See Detail A Se e Deta il A Se e Deta il B See Detail B De tail A (Moun ting H ole ) Detail A (Mounting Hole) De tail B (Mou ntin g Hol e) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-23 Unit: mm [inch]...
  • Page 27 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame F F2: VFD1600CP43A-21; VFD1850CP43B-21; VFD1600CP63A-21; VFD2000CP63A-21 Se e Deta il A See Detail A Se e Deta il B See Detail B Deta il A (Mo unti ng Ho le) Detail A (Mounting Hole) D etai l B (Mo unti ng Hol e) Detail B (Mounting Hole) Unit: mm [inch] Frame...
  • Page 28 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame G G1: VFD2200CP43A-00; VFD2800CP43A-00; VFD2500CP63A-00; VFD3150CP63A-00 See De tail A See Detail A See De tail B See Detail B Deta il A Deta il B Detail A Detail B (Moun ting H ole ) (Mou ntin g Hol e) (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Unit: mm [inch]...
  • Page 29 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame G G2: VFD2200CP43A-21; VFD2800CP43A-21; VFD2500CP63A-21; VFD3150CP63A-21 See Detail A See Detail B Detail B Detail A (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-26 Unit: mm [inch] Frame Φ1 Φ2 Φ3 500.0 1240.2 397.0 440.0 1000.0 963.0 913.6 13.0 26.5 27.0...
  • Page 30 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame H H1: VFD3150CP43A-00; VFD3550CP43A-00; VFD4000CP43A-00; VFD5000CP43A-00; VFD5600CP43A-00; VFD6300CP43A-00   See Detail A See Detail B Detail A Detail B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-27 Unit: mm [inch] Frame 700.0 1435.0 398.0 630.0 290.0 1403.0 1346.6 [27.56] [56.5] [15.67]...
  • Page 31 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame H H2: VFD3150CP43C-00; VFD3550CP43C-00; VFD4000CP43C-00; VFD5000CP43C-00 See Detail A   Side fixing baffle plate Side fixing baffle plate See Detail B Detail A Detail B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-28 Unit: mm [inch] Frame 700.0 1745.0 404.0 630.0...
  • Page 32 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Frame H H3: VFD3150CP43C-21; VFD3550CP43C-21; VFD4000CP43C-21; VFD5000CP43C-21; VFD5600CP43C-21; VFD6300CP43C-21 See Detail A   Side fixing baffle plate Side fixing baffle plate See Detail B Detail A Detail B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) Figure 1-29 Unit：mm [inch] Frame 700.0 1745.0 404.0...
  • Page 33 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 690V Frame H H1: VFD4000CP63A-00; VFD4500CP63A-00; VFD5600CP63A-00; VFD6300CP63A-00 See Detail A SEE DETAIL A SEE DETAIL B See Detail B Detail A Detail B DETAIL A DETAIL B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) Figure 1-30 Unit: mm [inch] Frame 700.0...
  • Page 34 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 690V Frame H H2: VFD4000CP63A-21; VFD4500CP63A-21; VFD5600CP63A-21; VFD6300CP63A-21 See Detail A See Detail A See Detail B See Detail B Detail A Detail B DETAIL A DETAIL B (Mounting Hole) (Mounting Hole) (MOUNTING HOLE) (MOUNTING HOLE) Figure 1-31 Unit: mm [inch] Frame 700.0...
  • Page 35 Chapter 1 IntroductionCP2000 Digital Keypad KPC-CC01 Figure 1-32 1-26...

  • Page 36: Chapter 2 Installation

    Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 Chapter 2 Installation 2-1 Mounting Clearance 2-2 Flow and Power Dissipation...

  • Page 37: Mounting Clearance

    Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 2-1 Mounting Clearance  Prevent fiber particles, scraps of paper, shredded wood saw dust, metal particles, etc. from adhering to the heat sink.  Install the AC motor drive in a metal cabinet. When installing one drive below another one, use a metal separation between the AC motor drives to prevent mutual heating and to prevent the risk of fire accident.
  • Page 38 Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 Multiple drives side-by-side vertical installation Ta: Frame A–G Ta*: Frame H When installing one AC motor drive below another one (top-bottom installation), use a metal separation between the drives to prevent mutual heating. The temperature measured at the fan’s inflow side must be lower than the temperature measured at the operation side.
  • Page 39 Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 VFD007CP23A-21; VFD007CP43A/4EA-21; VFD015CP23A-21; VFD015CP43B/4EB-21; VFD022CP23A-21; VFD022CP43B/4EB-21; VFD037CP23A-21; VFD037CP43B/4EB-21; Frame A VFD040CP43A/4EA-21; VFD055CP23A-21; VFD055CP43B/4EB-21; VFD075CP43B/4EB-21; VFD015CP53A-21; VFD022CP53A-21; VFD037CP53A-21 VFD075CP23A-21; VFD110CP23A-21; VFD110CP43B/4EB -21; VFD150CP23A-21; Frame B VFD150CP43B/4EB -21; VFD185CP43B/4EB -21; VFD055CP53A-21; VFD075CP53A-21; VFD110CP53A-21; VFD150CP53A-21 VFD185CP23A-21; VFD220CP23A-21; VFD220CP43A/4EA -21; VFD300CP23A-21; Frame C VFD300CP43B/4EB -21;...
  • Page 40 Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 2-2 Flow and Power Dissipation Air flow rate for cooling Power Dissipation Flow Rate [cfm] Flow Rate [m /hr] Power Dissipation [watt] Model No. Loss External External Internal Total External Internal Total Internal Total (Heat Sink) VFD007CP23A-21 VFD015CP23A-21 VFD022CP23A-21 VFD037CP23A-21...
  • Page 41 Chapter 2 InstallationCP2000 Air flow rate for cooling Power Dissipation Flow Rate [cfm] Flow Rate [m /hr] Power Dissipation [watt] Model No. Loss External External Internal Total External Internal Total Internal Total (Heat Sink) VFD1600CP43A-21 VFD1850CP43B-00/ 3814 1570 5384 VFD1850CP43B-21 VFD2200CP43A-00/ 6358 VFD2200CP43A-21...

  • Page 42: Chapter 3 Unpacking

    Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Chapter 3 Unpacking 3-1 Unpacking 3-2 The Lifting Hook...
  • Page 43 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 The AC motor drive should be kept in the shipping carton or crate before installation. In order to retain the warranty coverage, the AC motor drive should be stored properly when it is not to be used for an extended period of time.
  • Page 44 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. ready for installation. Figure 3-6 Figure 3-3...
  • Page 45 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame D (crate version) Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXCPXXX-00) Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXCPXXX-21) Loosen the 12 screws to open the top cover of the Loosen the 16 screws at the four corners of the crate. crate, and then remove the iron plates. Figure 3-7 Figure 3-11 Take out the EPEs and the manual.
  • Page 46 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Loosen the ten screws fasten the drive on the ready for installation. pallet, and then remove the wood plate. Figure 3-13 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Figure 3-10 ready for installation.
  • Page 47 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame E Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXCPXXX-00) Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXCPXXX-21) Loosen the 16 screws at the four corners of the Loosen the 16 screws at the four corners of the crate, and then remove the iron plates. crate, and then remove the iron plates. Figure 3-15 Figure 3-19 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the...
  • Page 48 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. ready for installation. Figure 3-18 Figure 3-22...
  • Page 49 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame F Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXCPXXX-00) Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXCPXXX-21) Remove the six buckles fixed on the crate with a Remove the six buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-23 Figure 3-27 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the...
  • Page 50 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation ready for installation. Figure 3-26 Figure 3-30...
  • Page 51 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame G Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXXCPXXA-00) Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXXCPXXA-21) Remove the six buckles fixed on the crate with a Remove the six buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-35 Figure 3-31 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the...
  • Page 52 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. ready for installation. Figure 3-34 Figure 3-38 3-11...
  • Page 53 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame H Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXXCPXXA-00) Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXXCPXXC-00) Remove the eight buckles fixed on the crate with Remove the eight buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-39 Figure 3-43 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the...
  • Page 54 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now Loosen the six M6 screws and the iron plates ready for installation. (see the figure below). You can use the removed screws and iron plates to fix the drive from outside.
  • Page 55 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame H Unpacking 3 (VFDXXXXCPXXC-21) Remove the eight buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-49 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the manual. Figure 3-50 Loosen the six screws fasten the drive on the pallet, and then remove six metal washers and six plastic washers.
  • Page 56 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Loosen the six M6 screws and the iron plates (see the figure below). You can use the removed screws and iron plates to fix the drive from the outside. Figure 3-52 Fix the drive from the inside Fix the drive from the outside Loosen the 18 M6 screws and remove the covers Loosen the eight M8 screws, and then use these...
  • Page 57 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Fasten the six M6 screws back, see the figure Fasten the six M6 screws back, see the figure below. below. Torque: 35–45 kg-cm / [30.8–39.06 lb-in] / [3.4–4.4 Nm] Figure 3-55 Figure 3-57 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. Figure 3-58 3-16...
  • Page 58 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 690V Frame H Unpacking 1 (VFDXXXXCP63A-00) Remove the eight buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-59 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the manual. Figure 3-60 Loosen the six screws fasten the drive on the pallet, and then remove six metal washers and six plastic washers.
  • Page 59 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. Figure 3-62 3-18...
  • Page 60 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 690V Frame H Unpacking 2 (VFDXXXXCP63A-21) Remove the eight buckles fixed on the crate with a flat-head screwdriver, see the figure below. Figure 3-63 Remove the top cover, take out the EPEs and the manual. Figure 3-64 Loosen the six screws fasten the drive on the pallet, and then remove six metal washers and six plastic washers.
  • Page 61 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Loosen the six M6 screws and the iron plates (see the figure below). You can use the removed screws and iron plates to fix the drive from the outside. Figure 3-66 Fix the drive from the inside. Fix the drive from the outside.
  • Page 62 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Fasten the six M6 screws back, see the figure Fasten the six M6 screws back, see the figure below. below. Figure 3-69 Figure 3-71 Lift the drive by hooking the lifting hole. It is now ready for installation. Figure 3-72 3-21...
  • Page 63 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame H: Fix the drive H1: VFDXXXXCPXXA-00 Screw M12*6 Torque: 340–420 kg-cm / [295.1–364.6 lb-in.] / [33.3–41.2 Nm] Figure 3-73 H2: VFDXXXXCPXXC-00 Fix the drive from the inside Screw M12*8 Torque: 340–420 kg-cm / [295.1–364.6 lb-in.] / [33.3–41.2 Nm] Fix the drive from the inside Figure 3-74...
  • Page 64 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 H3：VFDXXXXCPXXC-21 Fix the drive from the outside Screw M12*8 Torque: 340–420 kg-cm / [295.1–364.6 lb-in.] / [33.3–41.2 Nm] Fix the drive from the outside Figure 3-75 H1: VFDXXXXCP63A-00 Screw M12*6 Torque: 340–420 kg-cm / [295.1–364.6 lb-in.] / [33.3–41.2 Nm] Figure 3-76 3-23...
  • Page 65 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 H2: VFDXXXXCP63A-21 Fix the drive from the outside Screw M12*8 Torque: 340–420 kg-cm / [295.1–364.6 lb-in.] / [33.3–41.2 Nm] Fix the drive from the outside Figure 3-77 3-24...
  • Page 66 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 3-2 The Lifting Hook The arrows indicate the location of the lifting holes of frame D to H, as shown in figure below: Frame D0 Applicable models: VFD450CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-00; VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-21 Figure 3-78 Frame D Applicable models: VFD370CP23A-00;...
  • Page 67 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Frame F Applicable models: VFD1600CP43A-00; VFD1850CP43B-00; VFD1600CP63A-00; VFD2000CP63A-00; VFD1600CP43A-21; VFD1850CP43B-21; VFD1600CP63A-21; VFD2000CP63A-21 Figure 3-81 Frame G Applicable models: VFD2200CP43A-00; VFD2800CP43A-00; VFD2500CP63A-00; VFD3150CP63A-00; VFD2200CP43A-21; VFD2800CP43A-21; VFD2500CP63A-21; VFD3150CP63A-21 Figure 3-82 Frame H Applicable models: VFD3150CP43A-00; VFD3550CP43A-00; VFD4000CP43A-00; VFD5000CP43A-00; VFD5600CP43A-00; VFD6300CP43A-00; VFD3150CP43C-00;...
  • Page 68 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 690V Frame H2 Applicable models: VFD4000CP63A-21; VFD4500CP63A-21; VFD5600CP63A-21; VFD6300CP63A-21 Figure 3-84 3-27...
  • Page 69 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Ensure the lifting hook properly goes through the Ensure the angle between the lifting holes and the lifting hole, as shown in the following diagram. lifting device is within the specification, as shown in the following figure. Applicable to Frame D0–E Applicable to Frame D0–E Figure 3-85...
  • Page 70 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 Weight VFDXXX C X X X A V FD XXX C X X X E VFDXXXXCPXXS-21: 29 kg / [63.9 lbs] VFDXXXXCPXXS-00: 27 kg / [59.5 lbs] 27 kg(59.5 Ibs.) 29 kg(63. 9 Ibs.) Figure 3-89 Figure 3-90 VFDXXXCPXXX-00: 37.6 kg / [82.9 lbs] VFDXXXCPXXX-21: 40 kg / [88.2 lbs] VFDXXXCP63A-00: 39.0 kg / [86.0 lbs]...
  • Page 71 Chapter 3 UnpackingCP2000 VFDXXXXCP43A-00: 244 kg / [537.9 lbs] VFD5600CP43A-00, VFD6300CP43A-00: 270 kg / [595.2 lbs] VFD2800 C43A; VFD31 50C4 3A; VFD 3550 C43A; VFD450 0C43 A VFDXXXXCP63A-00: 243.0 kg / [535.7 lbs] 235k g(51 8.1 Ibs) Figure 3-99 VFD28 00C4 3E-1; VFD3 150C 43E-1 ; VFD3550 C43E-1; VFD450 0C43 E-1 VFDXXXXCP43C-00: 260 kg / [573.2 lbs] 257kg(566.6 Ibs) Figure 3-100...

  • Page 72: Chapter 4 Wiring

    Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 Chapter 4 Wiring 4-1 System Wiring Diagram 4-2 Wiring...
  • Page 73 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 After removing the front cover, please check if the power and control terminals are clearly noted. Please read following precautions to avoid wiring mistakes.  It is crucial to cut off the AC motor drive power before any wiring installation are made.
  • Page 74 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 4-1 System Wiring Diagram Power input Please refer to Chapter 9 Specification Table in terminal user manual for detail. There may be a large inrush current during power NFB or fuse on. Refer to 7-2 NFB to select a suitable NFB or 7-3 Fuse Specification Chart.

  • Page 75: Wiring

    Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 4-2 Wiring Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 *1 Please refer to Chapter 7-1 for brake units and resistors selection...
  • Page 76 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 Figure 4-4 *1 Please refer to Chapter 7-1 for brake units and resistors selection When wiring for 12 Pulse Input, please strictly follow above wiring diagram. NOTE...
  • Page 77 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 Figure 4-5...
  • Page 78 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 4-2-1 SINK (NPN) / SOURCE (PNP) Mode Figure 4-6 Figure 4-7 Figure 4-8 Figure 4-9...
  • Page 79 Chapter 4 WiringCP2000 [This page intentionally left bank.]...

  • Page 80: Chapter 5 Main Circuit Terminals

    Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Chapter 5 Main Circuit Terminals 5-1 Main Circuit Diagram 5-2 Specifications of Main Circuit Terminals...
  • Page 81 When it needs to install the filter at the output side of terminals U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 on the AC motor drive, please use inductance filter. Do not use phase-compensation capacitors or L-C (Inductance-Capacitance) or R-C (Resistance-Capacitance), unless approved by Delta.  DO NOT connect phase-compensation capacitors or surge absorbers at the output terminals of AC motor drives.
  • Page 82 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Terminals for connecting DC reactor, external brake resistor, external brake resistor and DC circuit  This is the terminals used to connect the DC reactor to improve the power factor. For the factory setting, it connects the short-circuit object. Please remove this short-circuit object before connecting to the DC reactor.

  • Page 83: Main Circuit Diagram

    Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 5-1 Main Circuit Diagram Figure 5-4 Figure 5-5 Figure 5-6 *1 Please refer to Section 7-1 for brake units and resistors selection...
  • Page 84 Please remove short circuit plate of Frame G and H if 12 pulse is implemented. Before implementing 12 pulse,  consult Delta for more detail. Fasten the screw after the copper is removed. Screw torque: 100–110 kg-cm / [86.8–95.5 lb-in.] / [9.8–10.8 Nm]...
  • Page 85 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Terminals Descriptions R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC line input terminals 3-phase U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 AC drive output terminals for connecting 3-phase induction motor Applicable to frame A–C +1, +2 Connections for DC reactor to improve the power factor. It needs to remove the jumper for installation.

  • Page 86: Specifications Of Main Circuit Terminals

    Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 5-2 Specifications of Main Circuit Terminals  Use the specified ring lug for main circuit terminal wiring. See figure 5-9 and figure 5-10 for ring lug specifications. For other types of wiring use the wires that comply with the local regulations. After crimping the wire to the ring lug (must be UL approved), UL and CSA approved recognized ...
  • Page 87 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame Kit P/N (MAX) (MAX) (MIN) (MAX) (MIN) (MIN) (MIN) (MAX) (MAX) 300MCM SQNBS180-12 400MCM 32.7 12.2 SQNBS200-12 500MCM SQNBS80-8 SQNBS100-8 250MCM 15.5 26.5 300MCM SQNBS150-8 350MCM 400MCM SQNBS200-12 70.0 21.0 27.0 32.7 12.2 13.0 27.0 42.0 500MCM...
  • Page 88 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame A -/DC- +2/DC+ +1/DC+ R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 50°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 50°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 89 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame B -/DC- +2/DC+ +1/DC+ R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 90 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame C -/DC- +2/DC+ +1/DC+ R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 91 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame D0 R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1/DC+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 92 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame D R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1/DC+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 93 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame E R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1/DC+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 94 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame F R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1/DC+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C.  If you install at Ta 40°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above.
  • Page 95 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame G R/L11 R/L12 S/L21 S/L22 T/L31 T/L32 +1/D C+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T 2 W/T3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C. ...
  • Page 96 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame H R/L11 R/L12 S/L21 S/L22 T/L31 T/L32 +1/DC + -/DC - U/T1 V/T2 W/T 3  If you install at Ta 40°C environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 75°C or 90°C. ...
  • Page 97 Chapter 5 Main Circuit TerminalsCP2000 Frame H +1/DC+ -/DC- U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 R/L11 R/L12 S/L21 S/L22 T/L31 T/L32  If you install at Ta 30°C above environment, please select copper wire with voltage rating 600V and temperature resistant at 90°C or above. ...

  • Page 98: Remove The Cover For Wiring

    Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Chapter 6 Control Terminals 6-1 Remove the Cover for Wiring 6-2 Specifications of Control Terminal 6-3 Remove the Terminal Block...
  • Page 99 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Analog input terminals (AVI1, AVI2, ACI, ACM)  Analog input signals are easily affected by external noise. Use shielded wiring and keep it as short as possible (< 20 m) with proper grounding. If the noise is inductive, connecting the shield to terminal ACM can bring improvement.
  • Page 100 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000  When the photo-coupler is using internal power supply, the switch connection for Sink and Source as below: MI-DCM: Sink mode MI-+24V: Source mode  When the photo-coupler is using external power supply, please remove the short circuit cable between the +24V and COM terminals.
  • Page 101 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 6-1 Remove the Cover for Wiring Please remove the top cover before wiring the multi-function input and output terminals, The drive appearances shown in the figures are for reference only, a real drive may look different. NOTE Frame A &...
  • Page 102 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Frame D0 & D Applicable models: VFD450CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-00; VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-21; VFD370CP23A-00/-21; VFD450CP23A-00/-21; VFD750CP43B-00/-21; VFD900CP43A-00/-21; VFD450CP63A-00/-21; 550CP63A-00/-21 Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] To remove the cover, lift it slightly and pull outward. Loosen the screws and press the tabs on both sides to remove the cover.
  • Page 103 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Frame F Applicable models: VFD1600CP43A-00/-21; VFD1850CP43B-00/-21; VFD1600CP63A-00/-21; VFD2000CP63A-00/-21 Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] To remove the cover, lift it slightly and pull outward Figure 6-10 Frame G Applicable models: VFD2200CP43A-00/-21; VFD2800CP43A-00/-21; VFD2500CP63A-00/-21; VFD3150CP63A-00/-21 Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] To remove the cover, lift it slightly and pull outward Figure 6-11...
  • Page 104 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Frame H Applicable models: VFD3150CP43A-00; VFD3550CP43A-00; VFD4000CP43A-00; VFD5000CP43A-00; VFD5600CP43A-00; VFD6300CP43A-00; VFD3150CP43C-00/-21; VFD3550CP43C-00/-21; VFD4000CP43C-00/-21; VFD5000CP43C-00/-21; VFD5600CP43C-21; VFD6300CP43C-21 Screw torque: 14–16 kg-cm / [12.15–13.89 lb-in.] / [1.4–1.6 Nm] To remove the cover, lift it slightly and pull outward Figure 6-12 690V Frame H Applicable models:...
  • Page 105 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 6-2 Specifications of Control Terminal Figure 6-14 Terminal Stripping Max. wire Min. wire Group Conductor Torque (±10%) function length [mm] gauge gauge 5 kg-cm Solid Relay 4–5 [4.3 lb-in] Ⓐ Strand [0.49 Nm] 8 kg-cm Solid Control 1.5 mm 0.2 mm...
  • Page 106 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Terminals Terminal Function Default (NPN mode) Refer to parameters 02-01–02-08 to program the multi-function inputs MI1–MI8. Source Mode ≥ ON: the activation voltage 11 V ≤ Multi-function input 1–8 OFF: cut-off current voltage Sink Mode ≤ ON: the activation voltage 13 V ≥...
  • Page 107 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 Terminals Terminal Function Default (NPN mode) Auxiliary analog voltage input Impedance: 20 kΩ AVI2 Range: 0–+10 V =0–Max. Output Frequency (Pr.01-00) Figure 6-18 Multi-function analog voltage output AFM1 0–10 V Max. output current 2 mA, Max. load 5 kΩ 0–20 mA Max.
  • Page 108 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 6-3 Remove the Terminal Block 1. Loosen the screws by screwdriver. (As shown in figure below). Screw torque: 8–10 kg-cm / [6.9–8.7 lb-in] / [0.78–0.98 Nm] Figure 6-19 2. Remove the control board by pulling it out for a distance 6–8 cm (as 1 in the figure) then lift the control board upward (as 2 in the figure).
  • Page 109 Chapter 6 Control TerminalsCP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 6-12...

  • Page 110: Chapter 7 Optional Accessories

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Chapter 7 Optional Accessories Brake Resistors and Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drive MC / ACB and Non-fuse Circuit Breaker Fuse Specification Chart AC / DC Reactor Zero Phase Reactor EMC Filter Panel Mounting (MKC-KPPK) Conduit Box Kit Fan Kit 7-10 Flange Mounting Kit...
  • Page 111 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 The optional accessories listed in this chapter are available upon request. Installing additional accessories to your drive would substantially improve the drive’s performance. Please select an applicable accessory according to your need or contact the local distributor for suggestion. 7-1 Brake Resistors and Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives 230V Model Applicable...
  • Page 112 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Applicable 125%Braking Torque 10%ED * Max. Brake Torque * Motor Braking Brake Braking Resistor series for each Resistor value Total Min. Max. Total Peak Torque Unit Brake Unit * spec. for each Braking Resistor Braking Power [kg-m] VFDB * Q’ty...
  • Page 113 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Applicable 125%Braking Torque 10%ED Max. Brake Torque Motor [kW] Braking Brake Braking Resistor series for each Resistor value Total Min. Max. Total Peak Torque Unit Brake Unit spec. for each Braking Resistor Braking Power [kg-m] VFDB Q’ty Usage AC motor Drive...
  • Page 114 1 2.0 Unit: mm Table 7-6 Select the resistance value, power and brake usage (ED %) according to Delta rules. Figure 7-3 For safety concern, install a thermal overload relay (O.L) between the brake unit and the brake resistor in conjunction with the magnetic contactor (MC) before the drive for additional protection.
  • Page 115 Any damage to the drive or other equipment caused by using brake resistors and brake modules that are not provided by Delta voids the warranty. Consider environmental safety factors when installing the brake resistors. If you use the minimum resistance value, consult local dealers for the power calculation.

  • Page 116: Magnetic Contactor / Air Circuit Breaker And Non-Fuse Circuit Breaker

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-2 Magnetic Contactor / Air Circuit Breaker and Non-fuse Circuit Breaker Magnetic Contactor (MC) and Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) It is recommended the surrounding temperature for MC should be ≥ 60°C and that for ACB should be ≥...
  • Page 117 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Light duty output Light duty input current MC/ACB selection Frame Model current [A] VFD450CP43S-21 VFD550CP43S-21 VFD750CP43B-00/21 VFD900CP43A-00/21 VFD1100CP43A-00/21 VFD1320CP43B-00/21 VFD1600CP43A-00/21 VFD1850CP43B-00/21 VFD2200CP43A-00/21 VFD2800CP43A-00/21 VFD3150CP43A-00/C-00/C-21 1000 VFD3550CP43A-00/C-00/C-21 1000 VFD4000CP43A-00/C-00/C-21 1250 VFD5000CP43A-00/C-00/C-21 1600 VFD5600CP43A-00/C-21 1094 1094 2000 VFD6300CP43A-00/C-21 1212 1212 2000...
  • Page 118 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Light duty output Light duty input current MC/ACB selection Frame Model current [A] VFD2000CP63A-00/A-21 VFD2500CP63A-00/A-21 VFD3150CP63A-00/A-21 VFD4000CP63A-00/A-21 VFD4500CP63A-00/A-21 VFD5600CP63A-00/A-21 1000 VFD6300CP63A-00/A-21 1250 Table 7-10 Non-fuse Circuit Breaker Comply with UL standard: Per UL 508, paragraph 45.8.4, part a, The rated current of the breaker shall be 1.6–2.6 times (575V / 690V models: 2–4 times) of the maximum rated input current of AC motor drive.
  • Page 119 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 3-phase 575V 3-phase 690V Recommended Recommended Model Model non-fuse breaker [A] non-fuse breaker [A] VFD015CP53A-21 VFD185CP63A-21 VFD022CP53A-21 VFD220CP63A-21 VFD037CP53A-21 VFD300CP63A-21 VFD055CP53A-21 VFD370CP63A-21 VFD075CP53A-21 VFD450CP63A-00/-21 VFD110CP53A-21 VFD550CP63A-00/-21 VFD150CP53A-21 VFD750CP63A-00/-21 Table 7-13 VFD900CP63A-00/-21 VFD1100CP63A-00/-21 VFD1320CP63A-00/-21 VFD1600CP63A-00/-21 VFD2000CP63A-00/-21 VFD2500CP63A-00/-21 VFD3150CP63A-00/-21 VFD4000CP63A-00/-21 VFD4500CP63A-00/-21...

  • Page 120: Fuse Specification Chart

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-3 Fuse Specification Chart  Fuse specifications lower than the table below are allowed.  For installation in the United States, branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and any applicable local codes. Use UL classified fuses to fulfill this requirement.
  • Page 121 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Input Current I [A] Line Fuse 575V Model Normal Duty Light Duty I [A] Bussmann P/N Vendor KLKD007.T Littelfuse VFD015CP53A-21 KLKD010.T Littelfuse VFD022CP53A-21 10.2 KLKD015.T Littelfuse VFD037CP53A-21 12.3 14.9 25ET Bussmann VFD055CP53A-21 16.9 32ET Bussmann VFD075CP53A-21 21.3 50FE Bussmann...

  • Page 122: Ac / Dc Reactor

    Install an AC input reactor in series with the main power to the three input phases R S T as shown below: Wiring of AC input reactor Figure 7-6 Following table shows the standard AC reactors specification of Delta CP2000 200V–230V, 50 / 60 Hz Rated Amps Max.
  • Page 123 0.043 / VFD5000CP43A-21 VFD5600CP43A-00/43C-21 560 650 1094 1488 1318.2 0.026 0.022 0.043 0.037 Please contact Delta for more information VFD6300CP43A-00/43C-21 630 750 1094 1212 1750.4 1454.4 0.022 0.020 0.037 0.033 *Note 1: Use with DR003A0810, but the inductance value will be 3% short.
  • Page 124 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 575 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 3-phase Rated Amps of AC Reactor 3% Impedance (mH) 5% Impedance (mH) (Arms) Max. continuous Model kW HP Normal Normal Light Amps (Arms) Light Normal Light Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty 015 1.5 2...
  • Page 125 Marking PE bolt Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in.] / [0.6–0.8 Nm] Tightening torque: F Nm Figure 7-7 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 PE D Delta part # DR005A0254 DR008A0159 DR011A0115 6*12 80.5 DR017AP746 6*12 80.5 Table 7-23...
  • Page 126 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Installing screw M5 PE screw Tightening torque: F Nm Figure 7-8 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 PE D Delta part # DR025AP215 6*12 80.5 DR033AP163 6*12 80.5 DR049AP163 6*12 Table 7-24 7-17...
  • Page 127 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Installing screw M6 PE M6 Tightening torque: 3±1.5 Nm Figure 7-9 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR065AP162 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-25 7-18...
  • Page 128 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 8.2–10.2 kg-cm / [7.1–8.9 lb-in] / [0.8–1.0 Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Nm Figure 7-10 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR075AP170 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-26 7-19...
  • Page 129 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals 4mm Tightening torque: 0.8–1.0Nm PE bolt PE M8x23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3Nm Figure 7-11 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR090AP141 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-27 7-20...
  • Page 130 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 8.2–10.2 kg-cm / [7.1–8.9 lb-in] / [0.8–1.0Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3Nm Figure 7-12 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR105AP106 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-28 7-21...
  • Page 131 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3Nm Figure 7-13 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR146AP087 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-29 7-22...
  • Page 132 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3N Figure 7-14 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR180AP070 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-30 7-23...
  • Page 133 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3N Figure 7-15 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR215AP059 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-31 7-24...
  • Page 134 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Figure 7-16 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR215AP059 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-32 7-25...
  • Page 135 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Figure 7-17 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR346AP037 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-33 7-26...
  • Page 136 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 PE MD Tightening torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / Tightening torque: F Nm [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8Nm] Figure 7-18 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 PE D Delta part # DR003A0810 DR004A0607 DR006A0405 6*12 80.5 DR009A0270 6*12 DR010A0231 6*12...
  • Page 137 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Installing screw M5 PE MD Tightening torque: F Nm Figure 7-19 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 PE D Delta part # DR024AP881 6*12 DR032AP660 6*12 DR038AP639 6*12 DR045AP541 6*12 Table 7-35 7-28...
  • Page 138 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Installing screw M6 PE M6 Tightening torque: 3±1.5 N Figure 7-20 Unit: mm Input AC reactor Dimensions Delta part # DR060AP405 Refer to the diagram above Table 7-36 7-29...
  • Page 139 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 8.2–10.2 kg-cm / [7.1–8.9 lb-in] / [0.8–1.0Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Nm Figure 7-21 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 Delta part # DR073AP334 7*13 DR091AP267 7*13 DR110AP221 7*13 Table 7-37 7-30...
  • Page 140 Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 8.2–10.2 kg-cm / [7.1–8.9 lb-in] / [0.8–1.0Nm] PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Nm Figure 7-22 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 Delta part # DR150AP162 11*18 20*3 DR180AP135 11*18 20*3 DR220AP110 10*18 30*3...
  • Page 141 PE M8 x 23 Tightening torque: 6±0.3 Nm Terminals: 4 mm Tightening torque: 8.2–10.2 kg-cm / [7.1–8.9 lb-in] / [0.8–1.0Nm] Figure 7-23 Unit: mm Input AC reactor D1*D2 Delta part # DR460AP054 11*21 50*4 DR550AP044 11*21 50*4 DR616AP039 11*21 50*5...
  • Page 142 DC reactor. Figure 7-24 Wiring of DC reactor Specifications of DC reactors (standard item) The following table shows the specifications of DC reactors (standard items) for Delta CP2000 series products. 200V–230V, 50 / 60 Hz Rated Amps of...
  • Page 143 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Rated Amps of DC Reactor DC impedance Max. continuous DC Reactor Delta part # [mH] Amps [Arms] Model [Arms] Normal Light Normal Light Normal Light Normal Light Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty 0.391 0.325...
  • Page 144 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 690V, 50 / 60 Hz, 3-phase Rated Amps of DC impedance Max. continuous Amps DC Reactor [mH] [Arms] [Arms] Model Normal Light Normal Light Normal Light Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty Duty 4.392 3.660 18.5 30.0 28.8 3.660 2.928...
  • Page 145 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 DC reactor dimension and specification: Figure 7-25 DC reactor Dimensions [mm] Delta part # [mm) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] DR005D0585 64±2 56±2 9.5*5.5 DR008D0366 64±2 56±2 9.5*5.5 DR011D0266 64±2 69.5±2 9.5*5.5 DR017D0172 64±2 89.5±2 9.5*5.5 DR025D0117 79±2...
  • Page 146 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Following table is the THDi value of Delta motor drive matching AC/DC reactors: Models without built-in DC reactor Models with built-in DC reactor Current No input No AC/DC 3% input AC 5% input AC 4% DC...
  • Page 147 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Specifications of AC output reactors (standard item) Following tables show the standard AC output reactors specification of Delta CP2000: 200V–230V, 50 / 60 Hz Rated Amps Max. continuous 3% Impedance 5% Impedance 3% Input AC reactor...
  • Page 148 5600 560 650 930 1094 1488 1318.2 0.026 0.022 0.043 0.037 Contact Delta for more 6300 630 760 1094 1212 1750.4 1454.4 0.022 0.020 0.037 0.033 information *Note 1: Use with DR003A0810, but the inductance value will be 3% short.
  • Page 149 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Rated Amps of Max. continuous 3% impedance (mH) 5% impedance (mH) kW HP Model AC Reactor (Arms) Amps (Arms) Normal Duty Light Duty Normal Duty Light Duty Normal Duty Light Duty Normal Duty Light Duty 3150 315 425 435.0 420.0 0.131...
  • Page 150 Torque: 10.2–12.3 kg-cm / [8.9–10.6 lb-in] / Torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8 Nm] [1.0–1.2 Nm] Screw length must not interfere with the mounting holes Figure 7-27 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 PE D part # DR005L0254 DR008L0159 6*12 80.5...
  • Page 151 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 16mm Tightening torque: 1.2–1.4Nm Screw length must not interfere with the mounting holes Figure 7-28 Unit: mm Output AC reactor D1*D2 PE D Delta part # DR049LP215 6*12 1.2–1.4 DR065LP162 6*12 2.5–3.0 Table 7-51 7-42...
  • Page 152 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-29 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 part # DR075LP170 7*13 20*3 DR090LP141 7*13 20*3 DR105LP106 7*13 20*3 DR146LP087 7*13 30*3 DR180LP070 11*18 30*5 DR215LP059 11*18 30*5 Table 7-52 7-43...
  • Page 153 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-30 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 part # DR276LP049 10*18 30*5 DR3466LP037 10*18 30*5 Table 7-53 7-44...
  • Page 154 Torque: 10.2–12.3 kg-cm / [8.9–10.6 lb-in] / Torque: 6.1–8.2 kg-cm / [5.3–7.1 lb-in] / [0.6–0.8 Nm] [1.0–1.2 Nm] Screw length must not interfere with the mounting holes Figure 7-31 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 PE D part # DR003L0810 DR004L0607 6*12 80.5...
  • Page 155 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Terminals: 16mm Tightening torque: 1.2–1.4Nm Screw length must not interfere with the mounting holes Figure 7-32 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 PE D part # DR038LP639 6*12 DR045LP541 7*13 Table 7-55 7-46...
  • Page 156 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-33 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 part # DR060LP405 7*13 20*3 DR073LP334 11*18 20*3 DR091LP267 11*18 20*3 DR110LP221 10*18 20*3 Table 7-56 7-47...
  • Page 157 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-34 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 part # DR150LP162 10*18 118 30*3 DR180LP135 11*22 142 30*3 DR220LP110 11*22 142 30*5 DR260LP098 11*22 160 30*5 DR310LP078 11*22 160 30*5 DR370LP066 11*22 185 40*5 Table 7-57...
  • Page 158 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-35 Unit: mm Output AC reactor Delta D1*D2 part # DR460LP054 12*20 50*5 DR550LP044 12*20 50*5 DR616LP039 12*20 50*8 DR683LP036 12*20 50*8 DR866LP028 12*20 50*8 Table 7-58 7-49...
  • Page 159 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Motor Cable Length 1. Leakage current to affect the motor and counter measurement Due to larger parasitic capacitances in longer motor cables, longer cables increase the leakage current. This can activate the over-current protection and display the incorrect current. In the worst case, it can damage the drive.
  • Page 160 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Rated current Without AC output reactor 3% With AC output reactor 460V (Arms) kW HP Model Normal Light Shielded Cable Non-shielded cable Shielded Cable Non-shielded cable Duty Duty [meter] [meter] [meter] [meter] 007 0.75 1 10.5 5.5 7.5 10.5 7.5 10...
  • Page 161 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Without AC output reactor With AC output reactor Rated current 690V Model (Arms) Shielded Cable Non-shielded Shielded Non-shielded Normal Duty [meter] cable [meter] Cable [meter] cable [meter] VFD185CP63A-21 18.5 VFD220CP63A-21 VFD300CP63A-21 VFD370CP63A-21 VFD450CP63A-00/21 VFD550CP63A-00/21 VFD750CP63A-00/21 VFD900CP63A-00/21 VFD1100CP63A-00/21 VFD1320CP63A-00/21 VFD1600CP63A-00/21...
  • Page 162 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Sine-wave filter When there is longer cable length connected between the motor drive and the motor, the damping leads to high frequency resonator, and makes impedance matching poor to enlarge the voltage reflection. This phenomenon will generate twice-input voltage in the motor side, which will easily make motor voltage overshoot to damage insulation.
  • Page 163 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Following table shows the sine-wave filter specification of Delta CP2000 200V–230V, 50 / 60 Hz Rated current (Arms) 230V Suggested sine-wave filter Output cable length Normal Light part # (Shielded or non-shielded) Model Duty Duty 0.75...
  • Page 164 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Rated current (Arms) 460V Suggested sine-wave filter Output cable length Normal Light part # (Shielded or non-shielded) Model Duty Duty 1320 B84143V0320R227 1000 1600 B84143V0320R227 1000 1850 Non-available 2200 Non-available 2800 Non-available 3150 Non-available 3550 Non-available 4000 Non-available 5000...
  • Page 165 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-5 Zero Phase Reactors Reactor Wiring Recommended Wire Size Corresponding motor drives model (Note) Method VFD007CP23A-21; VFD007CP43A/4EA-21; VFD015CP23A-21; VFD015CP43B/4EB-21; VFD022CP23A-21;VFD022CP43B/4EB-21; RF008X00A ≤ 8 AWG ≤ 8.37 mm Diagram A VFD037CP23A-21; VFD037CP43B/4EB-21; T60006L2040W453 VFD040CP43A/4EA-21; VFD055CP23A-21; VFD055CP43B/4EB-21; VFD075CP43B/4EB-21; VFD022CP53A-21;...
  • Page 166 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Unit: mm [inch] Model G[Ø] Torque 36.5 56.5 RF008X00A < 10kgf/cm [3.858] [2.874] [1.437] [1.142] [2.224] [3.386] [0.217] 87.5 43.5 RF004X00A < 10kgf/cm [4.331] [3.445] [1.713] [1.417] [2.087] [3.780] [0.217] Table 7-67 Unit: mm [inch] Model G[Ø] Torque 172.5...
  • Page 167 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Figure 7-43 Model Application T60006L2040W453 22.5 43.1 18.5 Motor cable T60006L2050W565 36.3 53.5 23.4 Motor cable T60006L2160V066 166.9 123.9 30.5 Motor cable T60004L2016W620 10.7 17.8 Signal cable T60004L2025W622 17.5 27.3 12.3 Signal cable Table 7-70 Diagram A Please put all wires through at least one core without winding.
  • Page 168 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-6 EMC Filter Following table is the external EMC filter of CP2000 series, User can choose corresponding zero phase reactor and suitable shielded cable length in accord to required noise emission and electromagnetic interference level to have the best configuration to suppress the electromagnetic interference.
  • Page 169 VFD2800CP43A VFD3150CP43A ≤2kHz VFD3550CP43A B84143B1000S020 VFD4000CP43A VFD5000CP43A VFD5600CP43A-00 1094 VFD4500CP43C-21 1094 Contact Delta for more information B84143B1600S020 VFD6300CP43A-00 1212 VFD6300CP43C-21 1212 Table 7-72 *For radiated emission, the drive needs to be placed inside a cabinet. Radiation CP2000 Zero Phase Reactor...

  • Page 170: Zero Phase Reactor

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 575V/690V Series CE Cable Length Radiation Emission Input Zero Phase* Frame Model Current Applicable EMC Filter default carrier frequency Reactor EN61800-3 VFD022CP53A-21 EMF008A63A VFD037CP53A-21 10.4 EMF014A63A VFD055CP53A-21 14.9 RF008X00A VFD075CP53A-21 16.9 EMF027A63A VFD110CP53A-21 21.3 VFD150CP53A-21 26.3 VFD185CP63A-21 VFD220CP63A-21 VFD300CP63A-21...
  • Page 171 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC Filter Dimension EMC filter model name: EMF021A23A; EMF014A43A Figure 7-45 7-62...
  • Page 172 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: EMF018A43A Figure 7-46 7-63...
  • Page 173 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: EMF056A23A; EMF039A43A Figure 7-47 7-64...
  • Page 174 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: KMF370A; KMF3100A Figure 7-48 7-65...
  • Page 175 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: B84143D0150R127 Figure 7-49 7-66...
  • Page 176 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: B84143D0200R127 Figure 7-50 7-67...
  • Page 177 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: B84143B0250S020 Figure 7-51 EMC filter model name: B84143B0400S020 Figure 7-52 7-68...
  • Page 178 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 EMC filter model name: B84143B1000S020 Figure 7-53 EMC filter model name: B84143B1600S020 Figure 7-54 Unit: mm 7-69...

  • Page 179: Emc Filter

    EMC filter with correct installation, much interference can be eliminated. It is recommended to use DELTA EMC filter to have the best interference elimination performance. We assure that it can comply with following rules when AC motor drive and EMC filter are installed...
  • Page 180 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Choose suitable motor cable and precautions Improper installation and choice of motor cable affects the performance of EMC filter. Be sure to observe the following precautions when selecting motor cable. 1. Use the cable with shielding (double shielding is the best). 2.

  • Page 181: Panel Mounting

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-7 Panel Mounting (MKC-KPPK) For MKC-KPPK model, user can choose wall mounting or embedded mounting, protection level is IP66. Applicable to the digital keypads (KPC-CC01). Wall Mounting Embedded Mounting Accessories*1 Accessories*2 Screw *4–M4*p 0.7 *L8mm Screw *4–M4*p 0.7 *L8mm Torque: 10-12 kg–cm / [8.7–10.4 lb-in.] / Torque: 10–12 kg-cm / [8.7–10.4 lb-in.] / [1.0–1.2 Nm]...
  • Page 182 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Wall Mounting Embedded Mounting     7-73...

  • Page 183: Conduit Box Kit

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-8 Conduit Box Kit Appearance  Conduit box kit is optional For VFDXXXCPXXA-XX (Frame D and above) and VFDXXXCP43S-XX, the protection will be IP20/ NEMA1/ UL TYPE1 after installation. Frame D0 Applicable models: VFD450CP43S-00, VFD550CP43S-00, VFD450CP43S-21, VFD550CP43S-21 Model number『MKC-D0N1CB』...
  • Page 184 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F Applicable models: VFD1600CP43A-00, VFD1850CP43B-00, VFD1600CP43A-21, VFD1850CP43B-21, VFD1600CP63A-00, VFD2000CP63A-00, VFD1600CP63A-21, VFD2000CP63A-21 Model number『MKC-FN1CB』 ITEM Description Qty. Screw M5*0.8*10L Bushing Rubber 28 Bushing Rubber 44 Bushing Rubber 100 Conduit box cover Conduit box base   Table 7-81 Frame G Applicable models: VFD2200CP43A-00, VFD2800CP43A-00, VFD2200CP43A-21, VFD2800CP43A-21,...
  • Page 185 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame H Applicable models: VFD3150CP43A-00, VFD3550CP43A-00, VFD4000CP43A-00, VFD5000CP43A-00, VFD5600CP43A-00, VFD6300CP43A-00, VFD3150CP43C-00, VFD3550CP43C-00, VFD4000CP43C-00, VFD5000CP43C-00, VFD3150CP43C-21, VFD3550CP43C-21, VFD4000CP43C-21, VFD5000CP43C-21, VFD5600CP43C-21, VFD6300CP43C-21, VFD4000CP63A-00, VFD4500CP63A-00, VFD5600CP63A-00, VFD6300CP63A-00, VFD4000CP63A-21, VFD4500CP63A-21, VFD5600CP63A-21, VFD6300CP63A-21 Model number『MKC-HN1CB』 ITEM Description Qty. ITEM 1 Screw M6*1.0*25L ITEM 2 Screw M8*1.25*30L ITEM 14...
  • Page 186 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Conduit Box Installation  Frame D0 Loosen the cover screws and press the tabs on each side of the cover to remove the cover, as shown in the following figure. Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] Remove the 5 screws shown in the following figure.
  • Page 187 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 rame D Loosen the cover screws and press the tabs on each side of the cover to remove the cover, as shown in the following figure. Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] Remove the 5 screws shown in the following figure.
  • Page 188 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame E 1. Loosen the 4 cover screws and lift the cover; Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] 2. Fasten the 6 screws shown in the following figure and place the cover back to the original position. Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm] 3.
  • Page 189 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F 1. Loosen the cover screws and press the tabs on each side of the cover to remove the cover, as shown in the following figure. Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] 2.
  • Page 190 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame G On the conduit box, loosen 7 of the cover screws and remove the cover. Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm]. On the drive, loosen 4 of the cover screws and press the tabs on each side of the cover to remove the cover, as shown in the following figure.
  • Page 191 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 5. Fasten all the screws. Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm] 6. Place the cover back to the top and fasten the screws (as shown in the figure). Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] 7-82...
  • Page 192 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame H Assembly for Frame H3 (Conduit Box Kit) Loosen the screws and remove the cover of conduit box H3 as preparation. Loosen the screws as below figure shown. 7-83...
  • Page 193 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fasten the M6 screws to locations shown in below figure. Screw torque: 35–45 kg-cm / [30.3–39 Ib-in.] / [3.4–4.4 Nm] Install the conduit box by fasten all the screws shown in the following figure Screw 1–6: M6 screw torque: 55–65 kg-cm / [47.7–56.4 Ib-in] / [5.4–6.4 Nm] Screw 7–9: M8 screw torque: 100–110 kg-cm / [86.7–95.4 Ib-in] / [9.8–10.8 Nm] Screw 10–13: M10 screw torque: 250–300 kg-cm / [216.9–260.3 Ib-in] / [24.5–29.4 Nm] Screw 14–17: M8 screw torque: 100–110 kg-cm / [86.7–95.4 Ib-in] / [9.8–10.8 Nm]...
  • Page 194 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fasten the 3 covers and screws, which are loosen from step1, to the original location. Screw torque: 35–45 kg-cm / [30.3–39 Ib-in.] / [3.4–4.4 Nm] Installation complete. 7-85...
  • Page 195 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Assembly for Frame H2 (Straight Stand) Loosen the 3 screws and remove the cover of conduit box. Remove 4 covers of conduit box, and fasten the loosen screws back to the original location. Screw torque: 100–110 kg-cm / [86.7–95.4 Ib-in] / [9.8–10.8 Nm] Remove the parts and screws as below figure shown.
  • Page 196 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fasten the M6 screws to locations shown in below figure. Screw torque: 35–45 kg-cm / [30.3–39 Ib-in.] / [3.4–4.4 Nm] 5. Install conduit box and accessories by fasten all the screws shown in the following figure. Screws 1–6: M6 screw torque: 55–65 kg-cm / [47.7–56.4 Ib-in] / [5.4–6.4 Nm] Screws 7–9: M8 screw torque: 100–110 kg-cm / [86.7–95.4 Ib-in] / [9.8–10.8 Nm] Screws 10–13: M10 screw torque: 250–300 kg-cm / [216.9–260.3 Ib-in] / [24.5–29.4 Nm]...
  • Page 197 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 6. Installation complete. 7-88...

  • Page 198: Fan Kit

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-9 Fan Kit Appearance of the fan kit  NOTE: The fan does not support hot swap function. For replacement, turn the power off before replacing the fan. Frame A Heat sink Fan Model『MKC-AFKM』 Applicable Model VFD022CP23A-21;...
  • Page 199 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame B Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-BFKB』 Applicable Model VFD075CP23A-21; VFD110CP23A-21; VFD110CP43B-21; VFD110CP4EB-21; VFD150CP23A-21; VFD150CP43B-21; VFD150CP4EB-21; VFD185CP43B-21; VFD185CP4EB-21; VFD055CP53A-21; VFD075CP53A-21; VFD110CP53A-21; VFD150CP53A-21 Frame C Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-CFKB1』 Applicable Model VFD185CP23A-21; VFD220CP23A-21; VFD300CP23A-21; VFD185CP63A-21; VFD220CP63A-21; VFD300CP63A-21; VFD370CP63A-21 Frame C Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-CFKB2』...
  • Page 200 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame C Heat sink Fan Model Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-CFKM1』 『MKC-CFKB3』 Applicable Model VFD185CP63A-21; VFD220CP63A-21; VFD300CP63A-21; VFD370CP63A-21 Frame D0 Heat sink Fan Model Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-D0FKM』 『MKC-DFKB』 Applicable Model VFD450CP43S-00; VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-21 Frame D Heat sink Fan Model Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-DFKM』...
  • Page 201 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame E Heat sink Fan Model『MKC-EFKM2』 Applicable Model VFD900CP23A-00; VFD900CP23A-21; VFD1100CP43A-00; VFD1100CP43A-21; VFD1320CP43B-00; VFD1320CP43B-21 Frame E Fan Model 『MKC-EFKM3』 Applicable Model VFD750CP63A-00; VFD750CP63A-21; VFD900CP63A-00; VFD900CP63A-21; VFD1100CP63A-00; VFD1100CP63A-21; VFD1320CP63A-00; VFD1320CP63A-21 Frame E Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-EFKB』 Applicable Model VFD550CP23A-00;...
  • Page 202 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F Capacitor Fan Model 『MKC-FFKB』 Applicable Model VFD1600CP43A-00; VFD1600CP43A-21; VFD1850CP43B-00; VFD1850CP43B-21 VFD1600CP63A-00; VFD1600CP63A-21; VFD2000CP63A-00; VFD2000CP63A-21 Frame G Heat sink Fan Model 『MKC-GFKM』 Applicable Model VFD2200CP43A-00; VFD2200CP43A-21; VFD2800CP43A-00; VFD2800CP43A-21 VFD2500CP63A-00; VFD2500CP63A-21; VFD3150CP63A-00; VFD3150CP63A-21 Frame H Heat sink Fan Model 『MKC-HFKM』 Applicable Model Following models use two sets of MKC-HFKM: VFD3150CP43A-00;...
  • Page 203 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame H Heat sink Fan Model 『MKC-HFKM1』 Applicable Model Following models use two sets of MKC-HFKM1: VFD4000CP63A-00; VFD4000CP63A-21 Following models use three sets of MKC-HFKM1: VFD4500CP63A-00; VFD4500CP63A-21; VFD5600CP63A-00; VFD5600CP63A-21; VFD6300CP63A-00; VFD6300CP63A-21 7-94...
  • Page 204 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fan Removal  Frame A Model『MKC-AFKM』: Heat Sink Fan Applicable model VFD022CP23A-21; VFD037CP23A-21; VFD055CP23A-21; VFD022CP43B-21; VFD022CP4EB-21; VFD037CP43B-21; VFD037CP4EB-21; VFD040CP43A-21; VFD040CP4EA-21; VFD055CP43B-21; VFD055CP4EB-21; VFD015CP53A-21; VFD022CP53A-21; VFD037CP53A-21 Model『MKCB-AFKM2』: Heat Sink Fan Applicable model VFD075CP43B-21; VFD075CP4EB-21 1. Refer to Figure 1, press the tabs on both side of the 2.
  • Page 205 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame B Model『MKC-BFKB』Capacitor Fan Applicable model VFD075CP23A-21; VFD110CP23A-21; VFD110CP43B-21; VFD110CP4EB-21; VFD150CP23A-21; VFD150CP43B-21; VFD150CP4EB-21; VFD185CP43B-21; VFD185CP4EB-21; VFD055CP53A-21; VFD075CP53A-21; VFD110CP53A-21; VFD150CP53A-21 Disconnect fan power and pull out the fan by using flathead screwdriver. (As shown in the larger picture) Disconnect fan power and pull out the fan by flathead screwdriver Pay attention to direction of the...
  • Page 206 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 (As shown in Figure 2), remove the power connector, loosen the screw and remove the fan kit. When installing the fan kit, have the label on the fan kit facing inside of the motor drive. Screw’s torque: 10–12 kg-cm / [8.7–10.4 lb-in.] / [1.0–1.2 Nm] Figure 2 Frame C Model『MKC-CFKB1』Capacitor Fan...
  • Page 207 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame D0 Model『MKC-DFKB』Capacitor Fan Applicable model VFD450CP43S-00; VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-21 1. Loosen screw 1 and screw 2, press the tabs on the 2. (Figure 2) Loosen screw 3, press the tabs on the right and left to remove the cover, follow the right and the left to remove the cover.
  • Page 208 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame D Model『MKC-DFKB』Capacitor Fan Applicable model VFD370CP23A-00; VFD370CP23A-21; VFD450CP23A-00; VFD450CP23A-21; VFD750CP43B-00; VFD750CP43B-21; VFD900CP43A-00; VFD900CP43A-21; VFD450CP63A-00; VFD450CP63A-21; VFD550CP63A-00; VFD550CP63A-21 1. Loosen screw 1 and screw 2, press the tab on the 2. (Figure 2) Loosen screw 3, press the tab on the right right and the left to remove the cover, follow the and the left to remove the cover.
  • Page 209 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame E Applicable models for MKC-EFKM1: VFD550CP23A-00; VFD550CP23A-21; VFD750CP23-00; VFD750CP23A-21 Applicable models for MKC-EFKM2: VFD900CP23A-00; VFD900CP23A-21; VFD1100CP43A-00; VFD1100CP43A-21; VFD1320CP43B-00; VFD1320CP43B-21 Applicable models for MKC-EFKM3: VFD750CP63A-00; VFD750CP63A-21; VFD900CP63A-00; VFD900CP63A-21; VFD1100CP63A-00; VFD1100CP63A-21; VFD1320CP63A-00; VFD1320CP63A-21 Applicable models for MKC-EFKB: VFD550CP23A-00;...
  • Page 210 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F Applicable model VFD1600CP43A-00; VFD1600CP43A-21; VFD1850CP43B-00; VFD1850CP43B-21; VFD1600CP63A-00; VFD1600CP63A-21; VFD2000CP63A-00; VFD2000CP63A-21 Fan model『MKC-FFKM』Heat Sink Fan 1. Loosen the screws and plug out the power of fan before removing it (figure 1). Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm] Figure 1 Fan model 『MKC-FFKB』Capacitor Fan...
  • Page 211 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame G Fan model『MKC-GFKM』Heat Sink Fan Applicable model VFD2200CP43A-00; VFD2200CP43A-21; VFD2800CP43A-00; VFD2800CP43A-21; VFD2500CP63A-00; VFD2500CP63A-21; VFD3150CP63A-00; VFD3150CP63A-21; 1. Loosen the screw (figure 1) and remove the cover. 2. For 1–8 shown in the figure 2: Loosen the screws Screw torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13.1 Ib-in.] / Screw M6 torque: 35–40 kg-cm / [30.4–34.7 Ib-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm]...
  • Page 212 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame H Fan model『MKC-HFKM』Heat Sink Fan Applicable model VFD3150CP43A-00; VFD3150CP43C-00; VFD3150CP43C-21; VFD3550CP43A-00; VFD3550CP43C-00; VFD3550CP43C-21; VFD4000CP43A-00; VFD4000CP43C-00; VFD4000CP43C-21; VFD5000CP43A-00; VFD5000CP43C-00; VFD5000CP43C-21; VFD5600CP43A-00; VFD5600CP43C-21; VFD6300CP43A-00; VFD6300CP43C-21 1. Loosen the screw 1–4 and remove the top cover 2. Loosen the screw 5–12 and remove the top cover (figure 1).
  • Page 213 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame H Fan model『MKCHS-HFKM』Heat Sink Fan Applicable model Following models use three sets of MKCHS-HFKM: VFD5000CP43A-00; VFD5000CP43C-00; VFD5000CP43C-21; VFD5600CP43A-00; VFD5600CP43C-21; VFD6300CP43A-00; VFD6300CP43C-21 1. Loosen the screw 1–4 and remove the top cover 2. Loosen the screw 5–12 and remove the top cover (figure 1) Screw torque: 14–16 kg-cm / [12.2–13.9 (figure 2).
  • Page 214 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fan model『MKC-HFKM1』Heat Sink Fan Applicable model Following models use two sets of MKC-HFKM1: VFD4000CP63A-00; VFD4000CP63A-21 1. Loosen the screw 1–4 and remove the top cover 2. Loosen the screw and remove the top cover (figure (figure 1) Screw torque: 14–16 kg-cm / [12.2–13.9 2).
  • Page 215 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Fan model『MKC-HFKM1』Heat Sink Fan Applicable model Following models use three sets of MKC-HFKM1: VFD4500CP63A-00; VFD4500CP63A-21; VFD5600CP63A-00; VFD5600CP63A-21; VFD6300CP63A-00; VFD6300CP63A-21 Loosen the screw 1–4 and remove the top cover 2. Loosen the screw and remove the top cover (figure (figure 1) Screw torque: 14–16 kg-cm / [12.2–13.9 2).

  • Page 216: Flange Mounting Kit

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-10 Flange Mounting Kit Applicable Models, Frame A–F Frame A 『MKC-AFM1』 Applicable model VFD022CP23A-21; VFD022CP43B-21; VFD022CP4EB-21; VFD037CP23A-21; VFD015CP53A-21; VFD022CP53A-21; VFD037CP53A-21 Screw 1 *4 M3*P 0.5; L=6mm Screw 2*8 M6*P 1.0; L=16mm Accessories 1*1 Accessories 2*2 Accessories 3*2 『MKC-AFM』...
  • Page 217 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 『MKC-AFM1』Installation Install accessory 1 by fastening 4 of the screw 1(M3) ( . Screw torque: 6–8 kg-cm / [5.21–6.94 Ib-in.] / figure 1) [0.6–0.8 Nm] Figure 1 Install accessory 2&3 by fastening 2 of the screw 2 (M6) ( .
  • Page 218 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 『MKC-AFM』 Installation 1. Install accessory 2 & 3 by fastening 2 of the screw 2 (M6). Screw torque: 25–30 kg-cm / [21.7–26 Ib-in.] / [2.5–2.9 Nm] (figure 1) Figure 1 2. Install accessory 2 & 3 by fastening 2 of the screw 2 (M6). Screw torque: 25–30 kg-cm / [21.7–26 Ib-in.] / [2.5–2.9 Nm] (figure 2) Figure 2 Plate installation, place 4 of the screw *4 (M6) through accessory 2&3 and the plate, then fasten the screws.
  • Page 219 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame B 『MKC-BFM』 Applicable model VFD075CP23A-21; VFD110CP23A-21; VFD110CP43B-21; VFD110CP4EB-21; VFD150CP23A-21; VFD150CP43B-21; VFD150CP4EB-21; VFD185CP43B-21; VFD185CP4EB-21; VFD055CP53A-21; VFD075CP53A-21; VFD110CP53A-21; VFD150CP53A-21 Screw 1 *4–M8*P 1.25; Screw 2*6–M6*P 1.0 Accessory 1*2 Accessory 2*2 Cutout dimension Unit : mm [inch] 7-110...
  • Page 220 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 246.8[9.72] 173.0 [6.81] 36.9 [1.45] 10.4 [0.41] 226.0[8.90] 7-111...
  • Page 221 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 『MKC-BFM』Installation Install accessory 1& 2 by fastening 4 of the screw 1 (M8). Screw torque: 40–45 kg-cm / [34.7–39.0 Ib-in.] / [3.9–4.4 Nm] (As shown in the following figure) Plate installation, place 6 of the screw 2 (M6) through accessory 1&2 and the plate, then fasten the screws. Screw torque: 25–30 kg-cm / [21.7–26 Ib-in.] / [2.5–2.9 Nm] (As shown in the following figure) 7-112...
  • Page 222 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame C 『MKC-CFM』 Applicable model VFD185CP23A-21; VFD220CP23A-21; VFD220CP43A-21; VFD220CP4EA-21; VFD300CP23A-21; VFD300CP43B-21; VFD300CP4EB-21; VFD370CP43B-21; VFD370CP4EB-21; VFD185CP63A-21; VFD220CP63A-21; VFD300CP63A-21; VFD370CP63A-21 Screw 1*4 ~ M8*P 1.25; Screw 2*8 ~ M6*P 1.0 Accessory 1*2 Accessory 2*2 Cut out dimension Unit : mm [inch] 286.0 [11.26] 258.0 [10.16] 231.0 [9.09]...
  • Page 223 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 306.0 [12.05] 231.0 [9.09] 37.5 [1.48] 10.0 [0.39] 286.0 [11.26] 7-114...
  • Page 224 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 『MKC-CFM』Installation 1. Install accessory 1 & 2 by fastening 4 of the screw 1 (M8). Screw torque: 50–55 kg-cm / [43.4–47.7 Ib-in.] / [4.9–5.4 Nm] (As shown in the following figure) 2. Plate installation, place 8 of the screw 2 (M6) through Accessory 1&2 and the plate, then fasten the screws. Screw torque: 25–30 kg-cm / [21.7–26 Ib-in.] / [2.5–2.9 Nm] (As shown in the following figure) 7-115...
  • Page 225 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame D0 Applicable model VFD450CP43S-00; VFD450CP43S-21; VFD550CP43S-00; VFD550CP43S-21 Cutout dimension Unit: mm [inch] M10*P1.5(4X) 11.0[0.43](4X) 7-116...
  • Page 226 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame D Applicable model VFD370CP23A-00; VFD370CP23A-21; VFD450CP23A-00; VFD450CP23A-21; VFD750CP43B-00; VFD750CP43B-21; VFD900CP43A-00; VFD900CP43A-21; VFD450CP63A-00; VFD450CP63A-21; VFD550CP63A-00; VFD550CP63A-21 Cutout dimension Unit: mm [inch] M10*P1.5(4X) 11.0[0.43](4X) 7-117...
  • Page 227 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame E Applicable model VFD550CP23A-00; VFD550CP23A-21; VFD750CP23A-00; VFD750CP23A-21; VFD900CP23A-00; VFD900CP23A-21; VFD1100CP43A-00; VFD1100CP43A-21; VFD1320CP43B-00; VFD1320CP43B-21; VFD750CP63A-00; VFD750CP63A-21; VFD900CP63A-00; VFD900CP63A-21; VFD1100CP63A-00; VFD1100CP63A-21; VFD1320CP63A-00 Cutout dimension Unit: mm [inch] 7-118...
  • Page 228 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame D0 & D & E Installation 1. Loosen 8 screws and remove Fixture 2 (as shown in 2. Loosen 10 screws and remove Fixture 1 (as shown the following figure). in the following figure). 3. Fasten 4 screws (as shown in the following figure). 4.
  • Page 229 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F Installation Applicable model VFD1600CP43A-00; VFD1600CP43A-21; VFD1850CP43B-00; VFD1850CP43B-21; VFD1600CP63A-00; VFD1600CP63A-21; VFD2000CP63A-00; VFD2000CP63A-21 Cutout dimension Unit : mm [inch] M12*P1.75(4X) 13.0[0.51](4X) 7-120...
  • Page 230 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Frame F 1. Loosen 12 screws and remove Fixture 2. 2. Loosen 12 screws and remove Fixture 2. Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm] FIXTURE 2 FIXTURE2 3. Loosen screw 13–26 and remove Fixture 1. Install Fixture 1 by fasten screw 13–26 Screw torque: 24–26 kg-cm / [20.8–22.6 Ib-in.] / [2.4–2.5 Nm]...

  • Page 231: Power Terminal Kit

    Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 7-11 Power Terminal Kit 『MKC-PTCG』 (Applicable for Frame G models-VFDXXXCPXXA) Applicable model VFD2200CP43A-00/-21; VFD2800CP43A-00/-21; VFD2500CP63A-00/-21; VFD3150CP63A-00/-21 (The MKC-PTCG is optional for the above models, after installation, the 12 pulse will be 6 pulse.) Accessories Diagram of power terminal connection M12 Torque: 408 kg-cm / [354.1 lb-in] / [39.98 Nm] Item Description...
  • Page 232 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 3. Loosen the upper M8 nuts (1–6) with a sleeve wrench (12mm of the sleeve). M8 Torque: 90 kg / [78.1 lb-in] / [8.8 Nm] 4. Install the 3pcs copper assy., as shown in the following figure 1. Fasten the upper M8 nuts (1–6) with a sleeve wrench (12 mm of the sleeve), as shown in the figure 2 below.

  • Page 233: Usb/Rs-485 Communication Interface Ifd6530

    It supports baud rate from 75 to 115.2 kbps and auto switching direction of data transmission. In addition, it adopts RJ45 in RS-485 connector for users to wire conveniently. And its tiny dimension, handy use of plug-and-play and hot-swap provide more conveniences for connecting all DELTA IABG products to your PC.
  • Page 234 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000  RJ45 Description Description Reserved Reserved Reserved Preparations before Driver Installation Extract the driver file (IFD6530_Drivers.exe) by following steps. Download the driver file (IFD6530_Drivers.exe) at www.deltaww.com/iadownload_acmotordrive/IFD6530_Drivers. NOTE DO NOT connect IFD6530 to PC before extracting the driver file. STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3...
  • Page 235 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 Driver Installation After connecting IFD6530 to PC, please install driver by following steps. 7-126...
  • Page 236 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 LED Display 1. Steady Green LED ON: power is ON. 2. Blinking orange LED: data is transmitting. 7-127...
  • Page 237 Chapter 7 Optional AccessoriesCP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 7-128...

  • Page 238: Chapter 8 Option Cards

    -- +24V power card 8-7 CMC-PD01 -- Communication card, PROFIBUS DP 8-8 CMC-DN01 -- Communication card, DeviceNet 8-9 CMC-EIP01 -- Communication card, EtherNet/IP 8-10 CMC-PN01 -- Communication card, PROFINET 8-11 EMC-COP01 -- Communication card, CANopen 8-12 Delta Standard Fieldbus Cables...

  • Page 239: Option Card Installation

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Please select applicable option cards for your drive or contact local distributor for suggestion. To prevent drive damage during installation, please remove the digital keypad and the cover before wiring. Refer to the following instruction. 8-1 Option Card Installation 8-1-1 Remove the top cover Frame A–C Screw Torque: 8–10 kg-cm / [6.9–8.7 lb-in.] / [0.8–1.0 Nm]...
  • Page 240 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Frame E Screw Torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] Frame F Screw Torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm] Frame G Screw Torque: 12–15 kg-cm / [10.4–13 lb-in.] / [1.2–1.5 Nm]...
  • Page 241 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Frame H Screw Torque: 14–16 kg-cm / [12.15–13.89 lb-in.] / [1.4–1.6 Nm] 8-1-2 Option Card Installation Location 1 RJ45 (Socket) for digital keypad KPC-CC01 Please refer to Section 10 for more details on digital keypad. ○ Please refer to Section 10 for more details on optional Slot 3 accessory RJ45 extension cable.
  • Page 242 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Communication extension card (Slot 1) CMC-DN01 CMC-PD01 EMC-COP01 CMC-EIP01 CMC-PN01...
  • Page 243 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 I/O / Relay extension card & 24V Power extension card (Slot 3) EMC-D42A EMC-R6AA EMC-D611A EMC-BPS01 EMC-A22A...
  • Page 244 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-1-3 Install and Uninstall of Extension Cards 8-1-3-1 Installation Communication card: EMC-COP01, CMC-EIP01, CMC-DN01, CMC-PD01, CMC-PN01...
  • Page 245 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 I/O & Relay Card: EMC-D42A, EMC-D611A, EMC-R6AA, EMC-BPS01, EMC-A22A...
  • Page 246 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-1-3-2 Disconnect the extension card Communication Card: EMC-COP01, CMC-EIP01, CMC-DN01, CMC-PD01, CMC-PN01...
  • Page 247 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 I/O & Relay Card: EMC-D42A, EMC-D611A, EMC-R6AA, EMC-BPS01, EMC-A22A 8-10...

  • Page 248: Emc-D42A

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-2 EMC-D42A -- Extension card for 4-point digital input / 2-point digital input Terminals Descriptions Common for Multi-function input terminals Select SINK (NPN) / SOURCE (PNP) in J1 jumper / external power supply Refer to Pr.02-26–Pr.02-29 to program the multi-function inputs MI10–MI13.

  • Page 249: Emc-A22A -- Extension Card For 2-Point Analog Input/ 2-Point Analog Output

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-5 EMC-A22A -- Extension card for 2-point analog input / 2-point analog output Terminals Descriptions Refer to Pr.14-00–Pr.14-01 for function selection (input), and Pr.14-18–Pr.14-19 for mode selection. There are two sets of AI port, SSW3 (AI10) and SSW4 (AI11), AI10, AI11 which can be switched to Voltage or Current mode.

  • Page 250: Cmc-Pd01 -- Communication Card, Profibus Dp

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-7 CMC-PD01 -- Communication card, PROFIBUS DP 8-7-1 Features Supports PZD control data exchange. Supports PKW polling AC motor drive parameters. Supports user diagnosis function. Auto-detects baud rates; supports Max. 12 Mbps. 8-7-2 Product Profile 1. NET indicator 2.
  • Page 251 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Environment ESD (IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 61000-4-2) EFT (IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 61000-4-4) Noise immunity Surge Teat (IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 61000-4-5) Conducted Susceptibility Test (IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 61000-4-6) Operation: -10ºC–50ºC (temperature), 90% (humidity) Operation /storage Storage: -25ºC–70ºC (temperature), 95% (humidity) Shock / vibration International standards: IEC61131-2, IEC60068-2-6 (TEST Fc) / IEC61131-2 &...

  • Page 252: Cmc-Dn01 -- Communication Card, Devicenet

    8-8 CMC-DN01 -- Communication card, DeviceNet 8-8-1 Functions Based on the high-speed communication interface of Delta HSSP protocol, able to conduct immediate control to AC motor drive. Supports Group 2 only connection and polling I/O data exchange. For I/O mapping, supports Max. 32 words of input and 32 words of output.
  • Page 253 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Electrical Specification Power supply voltage (supplied by AC motor drive) Insulation voltage 500 V Communication wire 0.85 W power consumption Power consumption Weight 23 g Environment ESD (IEC 61800-5-1,IEC 61000-4-2) EFT (IEC 61800-5-1,IEC 61000-4-4) Noise immunity Surge Test (IEC 61800-5-1,IEC 61000-4-5) Conducted Susceptibility Test (IEC 61800-5-1,IEC 61000-4-6) Operation: -10ºC–50ºC (temperature), 90% (humidity)
  • Page 254 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 NS LED LED status Indication How to correct it? 1. Check the power of CMC-DN01 and see if the connection is normal. No power supply or CMC-DN01 has 2. Make sure at least one or more nodes are on the not completed MAC ID test yet.

  • Page 255: Cmc-Eip01 -- Communication Card, Ethernet/Ip

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-9 CMC-EIP01 -- Communication card, EtherNet/IP 8-9-1 Features Supports Ethernet/IP and Modbus TCP protocol User-defined corresponding parameters (EIP V1.06 and above) Simple firewall function for IP Filter MDI/MDI-X auto-detect Baud rate: 10/100 Mbps auto-detect mail alarm 8-9-2 Product Profile [Figure1] 1.
  • Page 256 Source of operation The operation command is controlled by Pr.00-21 command setting communication card. Decoding method for The decoding method for Delta AC motor Pr.09-30 communication drive Pr.09-75 IP setting Static IP(0) / Dynamic distribution IP(1) Pr.09-76 IP address -1 IP address 192.168.1.5...
  • Page 257 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Parameter Function Set value (Dec) Explanation Pr.09-80 Netmask -1 Netmask 255.255.255.0 Pr.09-81 Netmask -2 Netmask 255.255.255.0 Pr.09-82 Netmask -3 Netmask 255.255.255.0 Pr.09-83 Netmask -4 Netmask 255.255.255.0 Pr.09-84 Default gateway -1 Default gateway 192.168.1.1 Pr.09-85 Default gateway -2 Default gateway 192.168.1.1 Pr.09-86 Default gateway -3...
  • Page 258 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 Abnormality Cause How to correct it? Able to open Check if the network setting for CMC-EIP01 is CMC-EIP01 setup correct. For the Intranet setting in your company, Incorrect network setting in page but fail to please consult your IT staff. For the Internet setting CMC-EIP01 utilize webpage in your home, please refer to the network setting...

  • Page 259: Cmc-Pn01

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-10 CMC-PN01 – Communication card, PROFINET 8-10-1 Features CMC-PN01 connects CP2000 to PROFINET, so the drive is able to exchange data with the upper unit. It is a simple NET solution, which can reduce the cost and time of connection/ installing factory automation, also provide compatibility of similar components from multiple suppliers.
  • Page 260 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-10-3 Specifications Network Interface Interface RJ45 Number of ports 2 ports Transmission method IEEE 802.3 Transmission cable Category 5e shielding 100 M Transmission speed 10/100 Mbps auto-negotiate Network protocol PROFINET Electrical Specification Power supply voltage Power consumption 0.8 W Insulation voltage 500 V...
  • Page 261 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-10-5 Communication Parameters for VFD-CP2000 Conneted to PROFINET When operating VFD-CP2000 via CMC-PN01, please set the control and operation command as controlled by communication card. When CP2000 is connected to PROFINET network, please set up the communication parameters according to the table below. Parameter Set value (Dec) Explanation...
  • Page 262 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-10-7 Network Connection Wiring of CMC-PN01 is as following: When the hardware is installed and power on, the current set value of Pr.09-60 will be 12, and shows “PROFINET” on the display.If the above information does not show on the display, please check the version of VFD-CP2000 and the connection of the card.

  • Page 263: Emc-Cop01

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-11 EMC-COP01 -- Communication card, CANopen 8-11-1 Terminal Resistor Position 8-11-2 RJ45 PIN Definition Pin name Definition CAN_H CAN_H bus line (dominant high) CAN_L CAN_L bus line (dominant low) CAN_GND Ground/0V/V- RS-485 socket CAN_GND Ground/0V/V- 8-11-3 Specifications Interface RJ45 Number of ports...

  • Page 264: Delta Standard Fieldbus Cables

    Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 8-12 Delta Standard Fieldbus Cables Delta Cables Part Number Description Length UC-CMC003-01A CANopen Cable, RJ45 Connector 0.3 m UC-CMC005-01A CANopen Cable, RJ45 Connector 0.5 m UC-CMC010-01A CANopen Cable, RJ45 Connector UC-CMC015-01A CANopen Cable, RJ45 Connector 1.5 m...
  • Page 265 Chapter 8 Option CardsCP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 8-28...

  • Page 266: Chapter 9 Specification

    Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 Chapter 9 Specifications 9-1 230V Series 9-2 460V Series 9-3 575V Series 9-4 690V Series 9-5 Environment for Operation, Storage and Transportation 9-6 Specification for Operation Temperature and Protection Level 9-7 Derating Curve for Ambient Temperature, Altitude and Carrier Frequency 9-8 Efficiency Curve...
  • Page 267 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-1 230V Series Frame Model: VFD_ _ _CP23_-_ Rated output capacity [kVA] Rated output current [A] Applicable motor 0.75 18.5 output [kW] Applicable motor output [HP] Overload tolerance 120% of rated current for 1 minute during every 5 minutes Max.
  • Page 268 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-2 460V Series Frame Model VFD_ _ _CP43_-_ _ Model VFD_ _ _CP4E_-_ _ Rated output 10.4 14.3 capacity [kVA] Rated output current 10.5 Applicable motor 0.75 18.5 output [kW] Applicable motor output [HP] Overload tolerance 120% of rated current for 1 minute during every 5 minutes Max.output 599.00 frequency [Hz]...
  • Page 269 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 460V Series Frame Model VFD_ _ _ _CP43_-_ _ 1100 1320 1600 1850 2200 2800 3150 3550 4000 5000 5600 6300 Rated output capacity [kVA] Rated output current 150* 260* 370* 1094 1212 Applicable motor output [kW] Applicable motor output [HP] Overload capacity...
  • Page 270 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-3 575V Series Frame Model VFD_ _ _ _CP53A-21 Rated output capacity [kVA] 12.1 18.6 24.1 Rated output current [A] 12.1 18.7 24.2 Applicable motor output [kW] Applicable motor output [HP] Rated output capacity [kVA] 15.4 19.9 Rated output current [A] 15.4 Applicable motor output [kW]...
  • Page 271 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-4 690V Series Frame Model VFD_ _ _ _CP63A-_ _ 1100 1320 Rated output capacity [kVA] Applicable motor output 18.5 690V [kW] Applicable motor output 690V [HP] Applicable motor output 575V [HP] Rated output current [A] Overload tolerance 120% of rated current for 1 minute during every 5 minutes Max.output frequency 599.00...
  • Page 272 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 690V Series Frame Model VFD_ _ _ _CP63A-_ _ 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 4500 5600 6300 Rated output capacity 494.5 534.7 678.5 [kVA] Applicable motor output 690V [kW] Applicable motor output 690V [HP] Applicable motor output 575V [HP] Rated output current [A] Overload tolerance...
  • Page 273 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 General Specifications Control Mode Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) Control Method 1: V/F, 2: SVC, 3: PM Starting Torque Reach up to 150% above at 0.5 Hz. V/F Curve 4 point adjustable V/F curve and square curve Speed Response Ability 5 Hz (vector control can reach up to 40 Hz) Light duty: max.
  • Page 274 Operation Altitude temperature for every 100 m increase in altitude. Maximum altitude for Corner Grounded is 2000 m.Contact Delta for more information, if you need to use this motor drive at an altitude of 2000m or higher. Storage ISTA procedure 1A (according to weight) IEC60068-2-31...

  • Page 275: Specification For Operation Temperature And Protection Level

    Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-6 Specification for Operation Temperature and Protection Level Operation Model Frame Top cover Conduit box Protection level temperature 230V&460V: Top cover -10°C–50°C * Frame A – IP20/UL Open Type 575V&690V: removed 230V: 0.75 30 kW – Standard -10°C~50°C 460V: 0.75 37 kW...

  • Page 276: Derating Curve For Ambient Temperature, Altitude And Carrier Frequency

    0.5°C for every 100 m increase in altitude. The maximum altitude for corner grounding is 2000 m. If installing at an altitude higher than 2000 m is required, contact Delta for more information. Ambient Temperature Derating Curve 230V／460V...
  • Page 277 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 575V／690V Figure 9-3 Altitude Derating Curve Figure 9-4 9-12...
  • Page 278 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 Carrier Frequency Derating Curve  230V / 460V Normal Control Pr.00-11 = 0 (IMVF) = 2 (IM SVC, Pr.05-33 = 0) Figure 9-5 Figure 9-6 9-13...
  • Page 279 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000  230V / 460V Advanced Control Pr.00-11 = 2 (PM SVC, Pr.05-33 = 1, 2) Figure 9-7 Figure 9-8 9-14...
  • Page 280 Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000  575V / 690V Pr.00-16 = 2, light duty: Pr.00-11 = 0 (IMVF) = 2 (IM SVC, Pr.05-33 = 0) Figure 9-9 Pr.00-16 = 0, normal duty: Pr.00-11 = 0 (IMVF) = 2 (IM SVC, Pr.05-33 = 0) Figure 9-10 9-15...

  • Page 281: Efficiency Curve

    Chapter 09 SpecificationsCP2000 9-8 Efficiency Curve Figure 9-11 Figure 9-12 9-16...

  • Page 282: Chapter 10 Digital Keypad

    Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Chapter 10 Digital Keypad 10-1 Descriptions of Digital Keypad 10-2 Function of Digital Keypad KPC-CC01 10-3 TPEditor Installation Instruction 10-4 Fault Code Description of Digital Keypad KPC-CC01 10-5 Unsupported Functions when using TPEditor on KPC-CC01 Keypad 10-1...

  • Page 283: Descriptions Of Digital Keypad

    Buy a MKC-KPPK model to do wall mounting or embedded mounting. Its protection level is IP66. The maximum RJ45 extension lead is 5 m (16ft) This keypad can only be used on Delta’s motor drive C2000 series, CH2000 and CP2000. Descriptions of Keypad Functions...
  • Page 284 Other functions must be defined by TPEditor first. (Download TPEditor software at Delta website, select TPEditor version 1.60 or above. efer to instruction for TPEditor in Chapter 10-3.) HAND Key This key is executed by the parameter settings of the source of Hand frequency and hand operation.
  • Page 285 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Descriptions RUN LED: Condition/ State status CANopen at initial No LED CANopen at pre-operation Blinking CANopen– “RUN” CANopen at stop Single flash CANopen at operation status ERR LED: Condition/ State status No Error One message fail Single flash Guarding fail or heartbeat fail...

  • Page 286: Function Of Digital Keypad Kpc-Cc01

    When Power ON, the startup page displays on the screen first, then enters the main page. The main page displays Delta’s default setting F/H/A/U, the display order can be set by Pr. 00-03 (Startup display). When the selected item is U page, use left key and right key to switch between the items, the display order of U page is set by Pr.
  • Page 287 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Parameter Setup Example: Setup source of master frequency command. Once in the Group 00 Motor Drive Parameter, Use Up/Down key to select parameter 20: Auto Frequency Command. When this parameter is selected, press ENTER key to go to this parameter’s setting menu.
  • Page 288 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 (Pr.01-11) 21. Acceleration time 1 (Pr.01-12) 22. Deceleration time 1 (Pr.01-13) 23. Over-voltage stall prevention (Pr.06-01) 24. Derating protection (Pr.06-55) 25. Speed tracking during start-up (Pr.07-12) 26. Emergency stop (EF) & force to stop selection (Pr.07-20) 27.
  • Page 289 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 (Pr.07-24) 29. Slip compensation filter time (Pr.07-25) 30. Slip compensation gain (Pr.07-27) My Mode Items It saves 01–32 sets of parameters (Pr). Setup process 1. Go to “Parameter Setup” function. Press ENTER to go to the parameter Click F4 in parameter which you need to use.
  • Page 290 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Control Mode>, the <02 Maximum Operating Frequency > automatically replaces <01 Control Mode>. Application Selection List This function allows user to select application and its parameters sets. Example: Select 3: Application Selection List Press ENTER to go into the Application Selection List Select Application Press ENTER to enter the application selection screen, the selected application set will be “Fan”.
  • Page 291 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Changed List This function displays the parameter that user has set. Example: Set Pr.13-00 Application Selection = 3: Fan Enter the changed list screen. List PrNum=026 means there are 26 parameters that have been changed. Press ENTER to enter the changed list screen. Use Up / Down key to select the parameters that need to be checked or changed.
  • Page 292 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Press ENTER key to go to “Save in the motor drive” screen. Use Up / Down key to select a symbol. Use Left / Right key to move the cursor to select a file name. String & Symbol Table: ！＂＃＄％＆＇（）＊＋，－．／０１２３４５６７８９：；＜＝＞？＠ＡＢＣＤＥＦ...
  • Page 293 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Press Up / Down key to see an error record’s detail such as date, time, frequency, current, voltage, DC bus voltage. NOTE Fault actions of AC motor drive are recorded and saved to KPC-CC01. When KPC-CC01 is removed and applied to another AC motor drive, the previous fault records will not be deleted.
  • Page 294 10. PLC Function When the PLC function is activated or stopped, the PLC status will be displayed on main page of Delta default setting. Option 2: Enable PLC function Press Up/Down key to select a PLC’s function.
  • Page 295 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 11. Copy PLC Four duplicates are provided The steps are shown in the example below. Example: Saved in the motor drive. 1. Go to “Copy PLC” 2. Select a parameter group to copy, then press ENTER. 1.
  • Page 296 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 To begin copying parameters until it is done. When copying parameters is completed, keypad will automatically be back to this screen. Press Right key to see the date of copying parameters. Press Right key to see the time of copying parameters.
  • Page 297 If editor accessory is not installed, “user defined” option will display a blank page. USB/RS-485 Communication Interface-IFD6530 Please refer to Chapter 07 Optional Accessories for more detail. TPEditor Download TPEditor software at Delta website, select TPEditor version 1.60 or above. efer to instruction for TPEditor in Chapter 10-3. 10-16...
  • Page 298 USB/RS-485 Communication Interface-IFD6530 Please refer to Chapter 07 Optional Accessories for more detail. TPEditor Download TPEditor software at Delta website, select TPEditor version 1.60 or above. efer to instruction for TPEditor in Chapter 10-3. 15. PC Link 1. TPEditor: This function allows users to connect the keypad to a computer then to download and edit user defined pages.
  • Page 299 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Start downloading pages to edit KPC-CC01. Download completed VFDSoft: this function allows user to link to the VFDSoft Operating software then to upload data. Copy parameter 1–4 in KPC-CC01 NOTE When the Operation System (OS) of your computer is Windows 10, right click on the icon of VFDSoft to enter <Property>...
  • Page 300 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Open VFDSoft, choose <Parameter Manager function> In Parameter Manager, choose <Load parameter table from KPC-CC01> Choose the right communication port and click OK Start to upload parameters to VFDSoft Uploading parameter is completed Before using the user defined starting screen and user defined main screen, the starting screen setup and the main screen setup have to be preset as user defined.
  • Page 301 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 16. Start Wizard ：Next； ：Back NOTE: The Start Wizard will not show up when re-power next time. MENU 10-20...
  • Page 302 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 MENU Use Up/Down key After selecting, to select “16: Start press ENTER Wizard” NOTE: The “16: Start Wizard” on the menu is to set whether shows start wizard when start up the drive. 10-21...
  • Page 303 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Other display When a fault occurs, the menu displays: 1. Press STOP / RESET button to reset the fault code. If the drive has still no response, contact local distributor or return to the factory. To view the fault DC bus voltage, output current and output voltage, press “MENU”“Fault Record”.

  • Page 304: Tpeditor Installation Instruction

    2. Go to File (F) Click on New. The Window below will pop up. At the device type, click on the drop down menu and choose DELTA VFD-C Inverter. At the TP type, click on the drop down menu and choose VFD-C Keypad.
  • Page 305 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 5. Static Text . Open a blank page, click once on this button , and then double click on that blank page. The following window will pop up. 6. Static Bitmap Open a blank page, then click once on this button and then double click on that blank page.
  • Page 306 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 9. Downloading setting: Go to Tool > Communication. Set up communication port and speed of IFD6530. 10. Only three speed selections are available: 9600 bps, 19200 bps and 38400 bps. 11. When a dialogue box displayed on the screen asking to confirm writing or not, press buttons on the keypad to go to MENU, select PC LINK and then press ENTER and wait for few seconds.
  • Page 307 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Edit Main Page & Example of Download Go to editing page, select Edit > Add one page or press the button ADD on the right hand side of the HMI page to increase number of pages to edit. This keypad currently supports up to 256 pages. On the bottom right-hand corner of the HMI, click on a page number to edit or go to VIEW >...
  • Page 308 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Scale Setting : On the Tool Bar, click on for Scale Setting. You can also edit Scale Setting in the Property Window on the right hand side of your computer screen. Scale Position: Click on the drop down list to choose which position that you need to place a scale. Scale Side: Click on the drop down list to choose if you want to number your scale from smaller number to bigger number or from big to small.
  • Page 309 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Button : Currently this function only allows the Keypad to switch pages, other functions are not yet available. Text input function and Image inserted functions are not yet supported. Double click on to open set up window. <Button Type>...
  • Page 310 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Clock Display Setting : The setup window of the Clock Display is shown as the image below. Time, Day or Date can be displayed on the keypad. Open a new file and click once in that window, you will see the following In the clock display setting, you can choose to display Time, Day or Date on the Keypad.
  • Page 311 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 10. Numeric Input Setting This menu allows you to provide parameters or communication ports and to input numbers. Click once on this button Open a new file and double click on that window, you will see the following: Related Device: There are two blank spaces to fill in, one is <Write>...

  • Page 312: Fault Code Description Of Digital Keypad Kpc-Cc01

    Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 10-4 Fault Code Description of Digital Keypad KPC-CC01 Fault Codes LCD Display * Description Corrective Actions An error has occurred on keypad’s flash memory. 1. Press RESET on the keypad to clear errors. 2. Verify if there’s any problem on Flash IC. Keypad flash memory read error 3.
  • Page 313 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 Warning Codes LCD Display * Description Corrective Actions Motor drive doesn’t accept the communication command sent from keypad. 1. Verify if the keypad is properly connected to the motor drive on the communication contact by a Modbus function code error communication cable such as RJ45.
  • Page 314 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 File Copy Setting Fault Description: These faults will happen when KPC-CC01 cannot perform the command after clicking the Enter button in copy function. LCD Display * Description Corrective Actions The property of the parameter / file is read-only and cannot be written to.
  • Page 315 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 LCD Display * Description Corrective Actions A setting cannot be made, because some data are locked. 1. Verify if the data are unlocked or able to be unlocked. If the data are unlocked, try to make the File is locked with password setting again.

  • Page 316: Unsupported Functions When Using Tpeditor On Kpc-Cc01 Keypad

    Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 10-5 Unsupported Functions when using TPEditor on KPC-CC01 Keypad 1. Local Page Setting and Global Setting functions are not supported. 2. [Communication][Read from TP] functions are not supported. 3. In RTC Display Setting, the Refer Device cannot be modified. 10-35...
  • Page 317 Chapter 10 Digital KeypadCP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 10-36...

  • Page 318: Chapter 11 Summary Of Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter Settings This chapter provides a summary of parameter (Pr.) setting ranges and defaults. You can set, changed and reset parameters through the digital keypad. NOTE 1) : You can set this parameter during operation 2) For more detail on parameters, please refer to Ch12 Description of Parameter Settings.
  • Page 319 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 41: 460V, 160.0 kW 43: 460V, 185.0 kW 45: 460V, 220.0 kW 47: 460V, 280.0 kW 49: 460V, 315.0 kW 51: 460V, 355.0 kW 53: 460V, 400.0 kW 55: 460V, 450.0 kW 57: 460V, 500.0 kW 90: 230V, 3.00 kW 91: 460V, 3.00 kW...
  • Page 320 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 0: F (frequency command) 1: H (output frequency)  00-03 Start-up display selection 2: U (user-defined, see Pr.00-04) 3: A (output current) 0: Display output current (A) (Unit: Amp) 1: Display counter value (c) (Unit: CNT) 2: Display actual output frequency (H.) (Unit: Hz) 3: Display DC bus voltage (v) (Unit: V...
  • Page 321 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default Read 00-06 Software version Read only only Parameter protection password 0–65535  00-07 input 0–4: the number of password attempts allowed 0–65535 Parameter protection password 0: No password protection / password entered ...
  • Page 322 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 0: Enable forward / reverse 00-23 Control of motor direction 1: Disable reverse  2: Disable forward Digital operator (keypad) frequency Read 00-24 Read only command memory only bit0–3: user-defined decimal place 0000b: no decimal place 0001b: one decimal place 0010b: two decimal places...
  • Page 323 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 0: No function 0–65535 (when Pr.00-25 set to no decimal place) 0.0–6553.5 (when Pr.00-25 set to 1 decimal place) 00-26 Max. user defined value 0.00–655.35 (when Pr.00-25 set to 2 decimal places) 0.000–65.535 (when Pr.00-25 set to 3 decimal places)
  • Page 324 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 00-48 Display filter time (Current) 0.001–65.535 sec. 0.100  00-49 Display filter time (Keypad) 0.001–65.535 sec. 0.100  Read 00-50 Software version (Date) Read only Only 11-7...

  • Page 325: Basic Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 01 Basic Parameters Parameter Name Settings Range Default 50.00–599.00 Hz 60.00 /  01-00 Maximum operation frequency Setting range for/including 45 kW (60 HP) and 50.00 above: 0.00–400 Hz 60.00 / 01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 0.00–599.00 Hz 50.00 230V: 0.0–255.0 V...
  • Page 326 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default Pr.01-45=0: 0.00–600.00 sec. Pr.01-45=1: 0.0–6000.0 sec. 01-15 Deceleration time 2 10.00  Motor drive with 230V/460V/690V, 22 kW and above: 60.00 / 60.0 Motor drive with 690V, 160 kW and above: 80.00 / 80.0 Pr.01-45=0: 0.00–600.00 sec.
  • Page 327 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default Skip frequency 2 (upper limit) 01-30 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00 Skip frequency 2 (lower limit) 01-31 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00 Skip frequency 3 (upper limit) 01-32 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00 Skip frequency 3 (lower limit) 01-33 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00...
  • Page 328 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Settings Range Default 0: Linear acceleration and linear deceleration 1: Auto-acceleration and linear deceleration Auto-acceleration and 2: Linear acceleration and auto-deceleration 01-44  auto-deceleration setting 3: Auto-acceleration and auto-deceleration 4: Stall prevention by auto-acceleration and auto-deceleration (limited by Pr.

  • Page 329: Digital Input / Output Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 02 Digital Input / Output Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: Two-wire mode 1, power on for operation control Two-wire / Three-wire operation 1: Two -wire mode 2, power on for operation 02-00 control control 2: Three-wire, power on for operation control...
  • Page 330 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 55: Brake release 56: Local / Remote selection 58: Enable fire mode (with RUN command) 59: Enable fire mode (without RUN command) 60: Disable all the motors 61: Disable Motor 1 62: Disable Motor 2 63: Disable Motor 3 64: Disable Motor 4...
  • Page 331 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 24: Operation mode 25: Forward command 26: Reverse command 27: Output when current ≥ Pr.02-33 28: Output when current < Pr.02-33 29: Output when frequency ≥ Pr.02-34 30: Output when frequency < Pr.02-34 31: Y-connection for the motor coil -connection for the motor coil 33: Zero speed (actual output frequency)
  • Page 332 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 60.00 / 02-24 Desired frequency reached 2 0.00–599.00 Hz  50.00 The width of the desired frequency 02-25 0.00–599.00 Hz 2.00  reached 2 02-32 Brake delay time 0.000–65.000 sec. 0.000 Output current level setting for 02-33...

  • Page 333: Analog Input / Output Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 03 Analog Input / Output Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 03-00 Analog input selection (AVI1) 0: No function  03-01 Analog input selection (ACI) 1: Frequency command (speed limit under torque  03-02 Analog input selection (AVI2) control mode) ...
  • Page 334 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 6: Power factor 7: Power 9: AVI1% 10: ACI% 11: AVI2% 20: CANopen analog output 21: RS-485 analog output 22: Communication card analog output 23: Constant voltage output 03-21 Analog output gain 1 (AFM1) 0.0–500.0% 100.0...
  • Page 335 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default Pr.03-28 = 0, 0.00–10.00 V 0.00 03-51 AVI1 lowest point Pr.03-28 = 1, 0.00–20.00 mA 0.00  Pr.03-28 = 2, 0.00–20.00 mA 4.00 03-52 AVI1 proportional lowest point -100.00–100.00% 0.00 ...

  • Page 336: Multi-Stage Speed Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 04 Multi-step Speed Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 04-00 step speed frequency 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00  04-01 step speed frequency 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00  04-02 step speed frequency 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00  04-03 step speed frequency 0.00–599.00 Hz 0.00...
  • Page 337 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 04-80 PLC Application parameter 10 0–65535  04-81 PLC Application parameter 11 0–65535  04-82 PLC Application parameter 12 0–65535  04-83 PLC Application parameter 13 0–65535  04-84 PLC Application parameter 14 0–65535 ...

  • Page 338: Motor Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 05 Motor Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: No function 1: Simple rolling auto-tuning test for induction motor (IM) 05-00 Motor parameter auto tuning 2: Static auto-tuning for induction motor (IM) 5: Rolling auto-tuning for PM (IPM / SPM) 13: Static auto-tuning for PM (IPM / SPM) Depending Full-load current for induction...
  • Page 339 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default Magnetizing inductance (Lm) for 05-20 0.0–6553.5 mH induction motor 2 Stator inductance (Lx) for 05-21 0.0–6553.5 mH induction motor 2 1: Motor 1 05-22 Induction motor 1 / 2 selection 2: Motor 2 Frequency for Y-connection / 05-23...

  • Page 340: Protection Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 06 Protection Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 230V: Frame A–D: 150.0–220.0 V 180.0 Frame E and above : 190.0–220.0 V 200.0 460V: Frame A–D: 300.0–440.0 V 360.0 06-00 Low voltage level  Frame E and above : 380.0–440.0 V 400.0 575V: 420.0–520.0 V 470.0...
  • Page 341 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: No function 1: Continue operation after over-torque detection during constant speed operation Over-torque detection selection 2: Stop after over-torque detection during constant 06-06  (OT1) speed operation 3: Continue operation after over-torque detection during RUN 4: Stop after over-torque detection during RUN 10–200% (100% corresponds to the light-load rated...
  • Page 342 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 16: IGBT over-heat (oH1) 17: Capacitance over-heat (oH2) 18: TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error (tH1o) 19: TH2 open: capacitance over-heat protection error (tH2o) 21: Drive over-load (oL) 22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1 (EoL1) 23: Electronics thermal relay protection 2 (EoL2) 24: Motor overheat (oH3) (PTC / PT100) 26: Over-torque 1 (ot1)
  • Page 343 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 82: U phase output phase loss (OPHL) 83: V phase output phase loss (OPHL) 84: W phase output phase loss (OPHL) 89: RoPd initial rotor position detection error 90: Inner PLC function is forced to stop 93: CPU error 99: CPU instruction error（TRAP）...
  • Page 344 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default only Read 06-36 IGBT temperature at malfunction -3276.7–3276.7°C only Capacitance temperature at Read 06-37 -3276.7–3276.7°C malfunction only Read 06-38 Motor speed at malfunction -32767–32767 rpm only Status of the multi-function input Read 06-40 0000h–FFFFh...
  • Page 345 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 06-61 Software detection GFF filter time 0.00–655.35 sec. 0.10  Operation time of fault record 1 Read 06-63 0–65535 days (Day) only Operation time of fault record 1 Read 06-64 0–1439 min.

  • Page 346: Special Parameters

    Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 07 Special Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 230V: 350.0–450.0 V 370.0 460V: 700.0–900.0 V 740.0  07-00 Built-in Software brake level 575V: 850.0–1116.0 V 895.0 690V: 939.0–1318.0 V 1057.0  07-01 DC brake current level 0–100% ...
  • Page 347 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 3: Fan turns ON when temperature (IGBT) reaches around 60°C. 4: Fan always OFF 0: Coast to stop 1: Stop by the 1 deceleration time 2: Stop by the 2 deceleration time Emergency stop (EF) &...
  • Page 348 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 08 High-function PID Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: No function 1: Negative PID feedback by analog input Terminal selection of PID  08-00 (Pr.03-00–03-02) feedback 4: Positive PID feedback by analog input (Pr.03-00–03-02) ...
  • Page 349 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 09 Communication Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 09-00 COM1 communication address 1–254  09-01 COM1 transmission speed 4.8–115.2 Kbps  0: Warn and continue operation 1: Fault and ramp to stop 09-02 COM1 transmission fault treatment ...
  • Page 350 1: 500 Kbps 2: 250 Kbps 09-37 CANopen speed 3: 125 Kbps 4: 100 Kbps (Delta only) 5: 50 Kbps bit0: CANopen Guarding Time out bit1: CANopen heartbeat Time out bit2: CANopen SYNC Time out bit3: CANopen SDO Time out...
  • Page 351  (for DeviceNet or PROFIBUS) Profibus-DP: 1–125 Standard DeviceNet: 0: 100 Kbps 1: 125 Kbps 2: 250 Kbps 3: 1 Mbps (Delta only) Non-standard DeviceNet: (Delta only) 0: 10 Kbps Communication card speed setting 09-71 1: 20 Kbps  (for DeviceNet)
  • Page 352 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default DeviceNet speed 1: Non-standard DeviceNet In this mode, the baud rate of DeviceNet can be the same as CANopen (0–8). Communication card IP configuration 0: Static IP 09-75  (for Modbus TCP) 1: Dynamic IP (DHCP) Communication card IP address 1...
  • Page 353 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default bit0: Enable password When the communication card is set Communication card status 09-92 with password; this bit is enabled. (for Modbus TCP) When the password is cleared; this bit is disabled.
  • Page 354 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 10 PID Control Parameters IM: Induction Motor; PM: Permanent Magnet Motor NOTE Parameter Name Setting Range Default  10-31 I/F mode, current command 0–150% of motor rated current PM FOC sensorless speed  10-32 0.00–600.00 Hz 5.00 estimator bandwidth...
  • Page 355 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 11 Advanced Parameters Group 11 Advanced Parameters are reserved. 11-38...
  • Page 356 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12 PUMP Parameters Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: No operation 1: Fixed time circulation (by time) 2: Fixed quantity circulation 12-00 Circulation Control 3: Fixed quantity control 4: Fixed time circulation + fixed quantity circulation 5: Fixed time circulation + fixed quantity control Number of Motors to be 12-01...
  • Page 357 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default Motor 5 operation record Read 12-18 Read only (min./sec.) Only Read 12-19 Motor 5 operation record (hour) Read only Only Motor 6 operation record Read 12-20 Read only (min./sec.) Only Read 12-21...
  • Page 358 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 13 Application Parameters by Industry Parameter Name Setting Range Default 0: Disable 1: User-defined Parameter Industry Parameters 2: Compressor (IM) 13-00 combination 3: Fan 4: Pump 10: Air Handling Unit, AHU 13-01 Industry Parameters 1–99 0.00–655.35 0.00 13-99...
  • Page 359 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 14 Extension Card Parameter Parameter Name Setting Range Default Extension card Input terminal 0: Disable 14-00  selection (AI10) 1: Frequency command Extension card Input terminal 4: PID target value 14-01  selection (AI11) 5: PID feedback signal 6: Thermistor (PTC) input value 11: PT100 thermistor input value...
  • Page 360 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Name Setting Range Default 2: 4–20 mA (ACI10) 0: 0–10 V (AVI11) Extension card input selection 14-19 1: 0–20 mA (ACI11)  (AI11) 2: 4–20 mA (ACI11) 14-20 AO10 DC output setting level 0.00–100.00% 0.00 14-21...
  • Page 361 Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsCP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 11-44...
  • Page 362 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter Settings 12-1 Description of parameter settings 00 Drive Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Identity Code of the AC Motor Drive Default: Read only Settings Read Only Display AC Motor Drive Rated Current Default: Read only Settings Read Only...
  • Page 363 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 460V Series Frame Identity code Rated current for light load [A] Rated current for normal load [A] 575V Series Frame Identity code Rated current for 12.1 18.7 24.2 light load [A] Rated current for 15.5 normal load [A] 690V Series...
  • Page 364 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When set to 1, all parameters are read only except Pr.00-02, Pr.00-07 and Pr.00-08. Set Pr.00-02 to 0 before changing other parameter settings.  When set to 5, kWh displayed value can be reset to 0 even when the drive is operating. Pr.05-26, Pr.05-27, Pr.05-28, Pr.05-29 and Pr.05-30 are reset to 0.
  • Page 365 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 27: DC bus voltage ripple (r.) (Unit: V 28: Display PLC register D1043 data (C) 30: Display output of user defined (U) 31: Display Pr.00-05 user Gain (K) 34: Operation speed of fan (F.) (Unit: %) 36: Present operating carrier frequency of drive (Hz) (J.) 38: Display drive status (6.) 41: kWh display (J) (Unit: kWh)
  • Page 366 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  If Pr.00-04 is set to 17 or 20, it displays in hexadecimal “0001h” with LED u page is ON in the keypad.  The setting value 17 is ON / OFF status of digital output according to Pr.02-18 setting, and the setting value 20 is the corresponding CPU pin ON / OFF status of the digital output.
  • Page 367 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Parameter Protection Password Setting  Default: 0 Settings 0–65535 0: No password protection or password entered correctly (Pr.00-07) 1: Password has been set  This parameter is for setting the password protection. Password can be set directly the first time. After you set the password, the value of Pr.00-08 is 1, which means password protection is activated.
  • Page 368 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Speed Control Mode Default: 0 Settings 0: IMVF (IM V/F control) 2: IM / PM SVC (IM / PM space vector control)  Determines the control method of the AC motor drive: 0: IM V/F control: you can set the proportion of V/F as required and control multiple motors simultaneously.
  • Page 369 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Permanent Magnetic Motor Space Vector Control (PMSVC) Load Selection Default: 0 Settings 0: Light load 1: Normal load  Light load (230V & 460V series): over-load rated output current 120% in 60 seconds. Refer to Pr.00-17 for the setting for the carrier wave.
  • Page 370 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 575V 690V Settings 2–9 kHz 2–9 kHz Models 2–20 HP [1.5–15 kW] 25–745 HP [18.5–560 kW] Light Load Default 4 kHz 4 kHz* Normal Models 2–20 HP [1.5–15 kW] 25–745 HP [18.5–560 kW] Load Default 4 kHz 4 kHz*...
  • Page 371 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Operation Command (AUTO) Source Default: 0 Settings 0: Digital keypad 1: External terminals 2: RS-485 communication 3: CANopen communication card 5: Communication card (does not include CANopen card)  Determines the operation frequency source in AUTO mode. ...
  • Page 372 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Digital Operator (Keypad) Frequency Command Memory Default: Read Only Settings Read only  If keypad is the frequency command source, when Lv or Fault occurs, this parameter stores the current frequency command. User-Defined Characteristics ...
  • Page 373 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 01Cxh: psi 01Dxh: atm 01Exh: L/s 01Fxh: L/m 020xh: L/h 021xh: m3/s 022xh: m3/h 023xh: GPM 024xh: CFM xxxxh: Hz  bit0–3: the control frequency F page, user-defined unit (Pr.00-04=d10, PID feedback value) and the number of decimal places (Pr.00-26) which supports up to three decimal places.
  • Page 374 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 User-Defined Value Default: Read only Settings Read only  Pr.00-27 displays the user-defined value when Pr.00-26 is not set to 0.  The user-defined value is valid when Pr.00-20 (frequency source) is set to the digital keypad or to RS-485 communication.
  • Page 375 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When you do not set Pr.00-29 to 0, the Local / Remote function is enabled, and the top right corner of digital keypad KPC-CC01 (firmware version 1.021 and above) displays “LOC” or “REM”. Set the REMOTE frequency and operation source with Pr.00-20 and Pr.00-21.
  • Page 376 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  The default for the frequency source or operation source is AUTO mode. It returns to AUTO mode whenever you cycle the power. If you use a multi-function input terminal to switch AUTO / HAND mode, the multi-function input terminal has the highest priority.
  • Page 377 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 01 Basic Parameters  You can set this parameter during operation.  Maximum Operation Frequency Default: 60.00 / 50.00 Settings 50.00–599.00 Hz Setting range for / including 230V, 55 kW: 0.00–400.00 Hz Setting range for / including 460V, 90 kW: 0.00–400.00 Hz Setting Range for / including 575V / 690V: 599.00 Hz Determines the AC motor drive’s maximum operation frequency range.
  • Page 378 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Mid-point Frequency 1 of Motor 1 Default: 3.00 / 3.00 / 0.0 / 0.0 Settings 230V series: 0.00–599.00 Hz 460V series: 0.00–599.00 Hz 575V series: 0.00–599.00 Hz 690V series: 0.00–599.00 Hz Mid-point Voltage 1 of Motor 1 ...
  • Page 379 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Mid-point Voltage 2 of Motor 2  Default: 5.0 / 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 Settings 230V series: 0.0–240.0 V 460V series: 0.0–480.0 V 575V series: 0.0–637.0 V 690V series: 0.0–720.0 V 690V, 185 kW and above series: 2.0 Min.
  • Page 380 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Common settings of the V/F curve: (1) General purpose (2) For fan and hydraulic machinery (3) High starting torque 12.1-01-4...
  • Page 381 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Start-Up Frequency Default: 0.50 Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz  When the starting frequency is higher than the minimum output frequency, the drives’ output is from the starting frequency to the setting frequency. Refer to the following diagram for details. Fcmd: frequency command Fstart: start-up frequency (Pr.01-09) fstart: actual start-up frequency of drive...
  • Page 382 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Output Frequency Lower Limit  Default: 0.00 Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz  Use the upper and lower limit output frequency setting to limit the actual output frequency. If the frequency setting is higher than the upper limit (Pr.01-10), the drive uses the upper limit frequency. If output frequency is lower than lower limit (Pr.01-11) and frequency setting is higher than minimum frequency (Pr.01-07), the drive uses the lower limit frequency.
  • Page 383 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  If the frequency output upper limit is 60 Hz and frequency setting is also 60 Hz, only the frequency command is limited in 60 Hz. The actual frequency output may exceed 60 Hz if the drive starts the slip compensation function.
  • Page 384 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 JOG Frequency  Default: 6.00 Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz  You can use both the external terminal JOG and F1 key on the optional keypad KPC-CC01 to set the JOG function. When the JOG command is ON, the AC motor drive accelerates from 0Hz to the JOG frequency (Pr.01-22).
  • Page 385 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 S-curve Acceleration Begin Time 1  S-curve Acceleration Arrival Time 2  S-curve Deceleration Begin Time 1  S-curve Deceleration Arrival Time 2  Default: 0.20 Settings Pr.01-45=0: 0.00–25.00 seconds Pr.01-45=1: 0.0–250.0 seconds  It sets a slow start when the drive begins to accelerate at the start. The acceleration and deceleration curve adjust the S-curve acceleration and deceleration according to the parameter value.
  • Page 386 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Set the AC motor drive’s skip frequency. The drive’s frequency setting skips these frequency ranges. However, the frequency output is continuous. There are no limits for these six parameters and you can combine them. Pr.01-28 does not need to be greater than Pr.01-29; Pr.01-30 does not need to be greater than Pr.01-31;...
  • Page 387 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 V/F Curve Selection Default: 0 Settings 0: V/F curve determined by Pr.01-00–01-08 1: 1.5 V/F curve 2: 2 V/F curve 3: 60 Hz, voltage saturation in 50 Hz 4: 72 Hz, voltage saturation in 60 Hz 5: 50 Hz, decrease gradually with cube 6: 50 Hz, decrease gradually with square 7: 60 Hz, decrease gradually with cube...
  • Page 388 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Auto-acceleration and Auto-deceleration Setting  Default: 0 Settings 0: Linear acceleration and linear deceleration 1: Auto-acceleration and linear deceleration 2: Linear acceleration and auto-deceleration 3: Auto-acceleration and auto-deceleration 4: Stall prevention by auto-acceleration and auto-deceleration (limited by Pr.01-12 to Pr.01-21) ...
  • Page 389 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Use this to set the time to decelerate from the maximum operation frequency (Pr.01-00) to 0.00 Hz by CANopen control. Regenerative Energy Restriction Control Method Default: 0 Settings 0: Disable 1: Over voltage energy restriction 2: Traction energy control (TEC) ...
  • Page 390 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 02 Digital Input/Output Parameter  This parameter can be set during operation. Two-wire / Three-wire Operation Control Default: 0 Settings 0: Two-wire mode 1, power on for operation control 1: Two-wire mode 2, power on for operation control 2: Three-wire, power on for operation control ...
  • Page 391 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Input terminal of I/O extension card (MI11) Input terminal of I/O extension card (MI12) Input terminal of I/O extension card (MI13) Input terminal of I/O extension card (MI14) Input terminal of I/O extension card (MI15) Default: 0 Settings 0: No function...
  • Page 392 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 50: Slave dEb action to execute 51: Selection for PLC mode bit0 52: Selection for PLC mode bit1 53: Trigger CANopen quick stop 54: UVW output electromagnetic valve switch 55: Brake release 56: Local / Remote Selection 58: Enable fire mode with RUN command 59: Enable fire mode without RUN command 60: Disable all the motors...
  • Page 393 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions Reset Use this terminal to reset the drive after clearing a drive fault. This function is valid when the source of the operation command is the external terminals. The JOG operation executes when the drive stops completely. While running, you can still change the operation direction, and the STOP key on the keypad is valid.
  • Page 394 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions ON: the output of the drive stops immediately. The motor is in free B.B. input from external run and the keypad displays the B.B. signal. Refer to Pr.07-08 for (B.B.: Base Block) details.
  • Page 395 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions ON: the counter value increases by 1. Use the function with Input the counter value Pr.02-19. This function is valid when the source of the operation command is FWD JOG command external terminal.
  • Page 396 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions When the drive is enabled, the RUN command is valid. When the drive is disabled, the RUN command is invalid. Enable drive When drive is operating, the motor coasts to stop. This function varies with MOx=45.
  • Page 397 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions Disable Motor 8 ON: if the preheating function is open and drive is in STOP status, the preheating function is executed; until the contact status Preheating Command changes to OFF, or the drive status turns to RUN and stops the preheating function.
  • Page 398 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 time for confirmation. The confirmation prevents interference that could cause error in the input to the digital terminals. In the meanwhile, it delays the response time, though confirmation improves accuracy. Multi-function Input Mode Selection ...
  • Page 399 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 2: Operation speed reached 3: Desired frequency reached 1 (Pr.02-22) 4: Desired frequency reached 2 (Pr.02-24) 5: Zero speed (Frequency command) 6: Zero speed including STOP (Frequency command) 7: Over-torque 1 (Pr.06-06–06-08) 8: Over-torque 2 (Pr.06-09–06-11) 9: Drive is ready 10: Low voltage warning (Lv) (Pr.06-00) 11: Malfunction indication...
  • Page 400 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 51: Analog output control for RS-485 interface (InnerCOM / Modbus) 52: Output control for communication cards 53: Fire mode indication 54: Bypass fire mode indication 55: Motor 1 output 56: Motor 2 output 57: Motor 3 output 58: Motor 4 output 59: Motor 5 output 60: Motor 6 output...
  • Page 401 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions Drive is ready Active when the drive is ON with no error detected. Low voltage warning Active when the DC BUS voltage is too low (refer to Pr.06-00 low (Lv) voltage level). Malfunction indication Active when fault occurs (except Lv stop).
  • Page 402 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions Error output selection 3 Active when Pr.06-25 is ON. (Pr.06-25) Error output selection 4 Active when Pr.06-26 is ON. (Pr.06-26) Speed reached Active when the output frequency reaches the setting frequency or (including STOP) stopped.
  • Page 403 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions For RS-485 interface (InnerCOM / Modbus) communication control output. Physical Setting of related Attribute Corresponding Index terminal parameters Pr.02-13 = 51 The bit0 at 2640h Pr.02-14 = 51 The bit1 at 2640h Pr.02-16 = 51 The bit3 at 2640h Analog output control...
  • Page 404 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions Preheating output Active when the preheating is detected. indication FAN warning detection The terminal works when the internal fan warning activates. output  Remote IO function is added to directly make the drive control its AO/DO and read current AI/DI status through the standard Modbus.
  • Page 405 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Terminal Counting Value Reached (return to 0)  Default: 0 Settings 0–65500  You can set the input point for the counter using the multi-function terminal MI6 as a trigger terminal (set Pr.02-06 to 23). When counting is completed, the specified multi-function output terminal is activated (Pr.02-13, Pr.02-14, Pr.02-36, Pr.02-37 are set to 18), and Pr.02-19 cannot be set to 0 at this time.
  • Page 406 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Fcmd=60Hz 42Hz 02-24=40Hz 40Hz 38Hz 02-25=2Hz 12Hz 02-22=10Hz 10Hz 02-23=2Hz 02-13,02-14, 02-36,02-37, 02-13,02-14, 02-36,02-37, =4 Brake Delay Time Default: 0.000 Settings 0.000–65.000 sec.  When the AC motor drive runs after the setting delay time of Pr.02-32, the corresponding multi-function output terminal (12: mechanical brake release) is “closed”.
  • Page 407 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Output Current Level Setting for Multi-function Output Terminals  Default: 0 Settings 0–150%  When the drive outputs current higher than or equal to Pr.02-33, the multi-function output parameters active (Pr.02-13, Pr.02-14, and Pr.02-15 are set to 27). ...
  • Page 408 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  For Example: When Pr.02-50 displays 0034h (hex), (that is, the value is 52 (decimal), and 110100 (binary)). It means MI1, MI3 and MI4 are ON. Display the Status of Multi-function Output Terminal Default: Read only Settings Monitoring status of multi-function output terminal ...
  • Page 409 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Example: When Pr.02-52 displays 0034h (hex) (that is, the value is 110100 (binary)), it means MI1, MI3 and MI4 are used by PLC. Display the External Multi-function Output Terminal Used by PLC Default: Read only Settings Monitoring status of PLC external multi-function output terminal ...
  • Page 410 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Example: When Pr.02-53 displays 0003h (hex), it means that RY1 and RY2 are used by PLC. Display the Frequency Command Executed by External Terminal Default: Read only Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz (Read only)  When you set the source of the frequency command as the external terminal, if Lv or Fault occurs, the external terminal frequency command is saved in this parameter.
  • Page 411 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Related Parameters of Preheating Parameter Description Setting Range Explanation Output current level – Output current level of 100% (rated current of the motor) 02-72 of preheating preheating 0% No output – – 100% (0 10 sec.) Output cycle of Output cycle of...
  • Page 412 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 2. Enable preheating via multi-input terminals (Function B) Set Pr.02-72 and Pr.02-73 (50% in the diagram) not equal to zero and set MFI=69, and MFI= ON, then Function B takes priority to enable / disable preheating on the motor drive. At the same time, enabling preheating by parameters is automatically invalid.
  • Page 413 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 3. Enable DC brake function DC brake and preheating are enabled at the same time. The motor drive operates with the same logic described above for preheating. The only difference is that no matter the motor drive is in operation (RUN) or stops operating (STOP), DC brake enables first.
  • Page 414 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 03 Analog Input / Output Parameter  This parameter can be set during operation. Analog Input Selection (AVI1)  Default: 1 Analog Input Selection (ACI)  Default: 0 Analog Input Selection (AVI2)  Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Frequency command...
  • Page 415 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Positive / Negative Bias Mode (AVI1)  Positive / Negative Bias Mode (ACI) Positive / Negative Bias Mode (AVI2)  Default: 0 Settings 0: No bias 1: Lower than or equal to bias 2: Greater than or equal to bias 3: The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving as the center 4: Serve bias as the center...
  • Page 416 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-3...
  • Page 417 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-4...
  • Page 418 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-5...
  • Page 419 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-6...
  • Page 420 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-7...
  • Page 421 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-8...
  • Page 422 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-9...
  • Page 423 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-10...
  • Page 424 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-11...
  • Page 425 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-12...
  • Page 426 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-13...
  • Page 427 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12.1-03-14...
  • Page 428 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Reverse Setting when Analog Signal Input is Negative Frequency Default: 0 Settings 0: Negative frequency is not allowed. The digital keypad or external terminal controls the forward and reverse direction. 1: Negative frequency is allowed. Positive frequency = run in forward direction;...
  • Page 429 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Analog Input Gain (AVI1)  Analog Input Gain (ACI) Analog Positive Input Gain (AVI2)   Analog Negative Input Gain (AVI2) Default: 100.0 Settings -500.0–500.0%  Use Pr.03-03–Pr.03-14 when the frequency command source is the analog voltage or current signal.
  • Page 430 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Signal Loss Selection for Analog Input 4–20 mA Default: 0 Settings 0: Disable 1: Continue operation at the last frequency 2: Decelerate to 0 Hz 3: Stop immediately and display ACE  Determines the response when the 4–20 mA signal is lost, when AVIc (Pr.03-28=2) or ACIc (Pr.03-29=0).
  • Page 431 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Settings Functions Descriptions For RS-485 (InnerCOM / Modbus) control output Corresponding Terminal address AFM1 26A0H RS-485 analog output AFM2 26A1H AO10 26AAH AO11 26ABH Communication analog output (CMC-EIP01, CMC-PN01, CMC-DN01) Corresponding Terminal Communication card analog address AFM1 26A0H...
  • Page 432 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Example 1, AFM2 0–10 V is set to the output frequency, the output equation is: 10 V * (output frequency / Pr.01-00) * Pr.03-24 + 10 V * Pr.03-27  Example 2, AFM2 0–20 mA is set to the output frequency, the output equation is: 20 mA*(output frequency / Pr.01-00) * Pr.03-24 + 20 mA * Pr.03-27 ...
  • Page 433 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  AFM2 Output Selection  AFM1 Output Selection Default: 0 Settings 0: 0–20 mA output 1: 4–20 mA output AFM1 DC Output Setting Level  AFM2 DC Output Setting Level  Default: 0.00 Settings 0.00–100.00% Pair with multi-function output: 23, Pr.03-32 and Pr.03-33 outputs constant AFM voltage.
  • Page 434 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 5: Three-point curve of AVI 1& AVI2 6: Three-point curve of ACI & AVI2 7: Three-point curve of AVI1 & ACI & AVI2  Sets the calculation method for analog input.  When Pr.03-50=0, all analog input signal is calculated by bias and gain. ...
  • Page 435 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  AVI1 Highest Point Default: 10.00 / 20.00 / 20.00 Settings Pr.03-28=0, 0.00–10.00 V Pr.03-28=1, 0.00–20.00 mA Pr.03-28=2, 0.00–20.00 mA  AVI1 Proportional Highest Point Default: 100.00 Settings -100.00–100.00%  When Pr.03-28=0, AVI1 setting is 0–10 V and the unit is in voltage (V). ...
  • Page 436 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 ACI Lowest Point  Default: 4.00 / 0.00 / 0.00 Settings Pr.03-29=0, 0.00–20.0 mA Pr.03-29=1, 0.00–10.00 V Pr.03-29=2, 0.00–20.00 mA ACI Proportional Low Point  Default: 0.00 Settings -100.00–100.00% ACI Mid-Point  Default: 12.00 / 5.00 / 10.00 Settings Pr.03-29=0, 0.00–20.00 mA Pr.03-29=1, 0.00–10.00 V...
  • Page 437 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 setting is 0–20 mA or 4–20 mA, and the unit is in current (mA).  When you set the analog input ACI to frequency command, 100% corresponds to Fmax (Pr.01-00 maximum operation frequency).  The requirement for these three parameters (Pr.03-57, Pr.03-59 and Pr.03-61) is Pr.03-57 < Pr.03-59 <...
  • Page 438 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When ACI Selection (Pr.03-29) is 0–10 V, the setting ranges for Pr.03-57, Pr.03-59 and Pr.03-61 must be 0.00–10.00 or 0.00–20.00.  Set the analog input values at Pr.03-51–Pr.03-68 and the maximum operating frequency at Pr.01-00.
  • Page 439 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 04 Multi-Step Speed Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Step Speed Frequency  Step Speed Frequency   Step Speed Frequency  Step Speed Frequency Step Speed Frequency   Step Speed Frequency ...
  • Page 440 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 PLC Buffer 0  PLC Buffer 1  PLC Buffer 2  PLC Buffer 3  PLC Buffer 4  PLC Buffer 5  PLC Buffer 6  PLC Buffer 7  PLC Buffer 8 ...
  • Page 441 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  PLC Application Parameter 0  PLC Application Parameter 1  PLC Application Parameter 2  PLC Application Parameter 3  PLC Application Parameter 4  PLC Application Parameter 5  PLC Application Parameter 6 ...
  • Page 442 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 05 Motor Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Motor Parameter Auto-Tuning Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Rolling auto-tuning for induction motor(IM) 2: Static auto-tuning for induction motor 5: Rolling auto-tuning for PM (SPM) 13: Static auto-tuning for PM ...
  • Page 443 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Set up Pr.01-01 and Pr.05-03 before setting up Pr.05-04 to make sure motor operates normally. Pr.01-01 and Pr.05-03 determine the maximum set up number poles for the IM. For example: Pr.01-01=20 Hz and Pr.05-03=39 rpm, according to the equation 120 x 20 Hz / 39rpm=61.5 and take even number, the number of poles is 60.
  • Page 444 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Rated Speed for Induction Motor 2 (rpm)  Default: Depending on the motor pole number Settings 0–xxxx (Depending on the motor pole number) 1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)  Sets the rated speed for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Number of Poles for Induction Motor 2 Default: 4 Settings...
  • Page 445 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Frequency for Y-connection / ∆-connection Switch for an Induction Motor Default: 60.00 Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz Y-connection / ∆-connection Switch for Induction Motor Default: 0 Settings 0: Disable 1: Enable Delay Time for Y-connection / ∆-connection Switch for an Induction Motor ...
  • Page 446 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Accumulated Watt-hour for a Motor (W-hour) Default: 0.0 Settings Read only Accumulated Watt-hour for a Motor in Low Word (kW-hour) Default: 0.0 Settings Read only Accumulated Watt-hour for a Motor in High Word (MW-hour) Default: 0 Settings Read only...
  • Page 447 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Example: When Pr. 05-30 = 76 MWh and Pr. 05-29 = 150 kWh, Pr. 05-28 = 400 Wh (or 0.4 kWh), the accumulated total kilowatts of the motor per hour = 76 x 1000000 + 150 x 1000 + 40 = 76150400Wh = 76150.4 kWh Accumulated Motor Operation Time (Min) Default: 0...
  • Page 448 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 System Inertia for a Permanent Magnet Motor Default: Depending on the motor power Settings 0.0–6553.5 kg-cm  Default values are as below: Rated Power [kW] 0.75 Rotor Inertia [kg-cm 15.8 25.7 49.6 82.0 121.6 177.0 Above Rated Power [kW]...
  • Page 449 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 06 Protection Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Low Voltage Level  Default: Settings 230V series: Frame A–D: 150.0–220.0 V 180.0 Frame E and above: 190.0–220.0 V 200.0 460V series: Frame A–D: 300.0–440.0 V 360.0 Frame E and above: 380.0–440.0 V 400.0...
  • Page 450 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 braking unit or braking resistor). Use this setting when braking units or resistors are connected to the drive.  Setting Pr.06-01 to a value > 0 enables the over-voltage stall prevention. This setting refers to the power supply system and loading.
  • Page 451 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Traditional over-voltage stall prevention  Used for uncertain load inertia. When it stops under normal load, the over-voltage does not occur during deceleration and fulfills the deceleration time setting. However, load regenerative inertia may occasionally increase and does not trip due to over-voltage when decelerating to stop.
  • Page 452 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Traditional over-current stall prevention  When the output current exceeds the over-current stall prevention level (Pr.06-03) during acceleration, the output frequency stops accelerating. The output frequency continues to accelerate when the output current drops below the stall prevention level to protect the drive. ...
  • Page 453 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Over-current Stall Prevention during Acceleration  Default: 120/120/120/120 Settings 230V/460V series Light load: 0–130% (100%: drive’s rated current) Normal load: 0–160% (100%: drive’s rated current) 575V/690V series Light load: 0–125% (100%: drive’s rated current) Normal load: 0–150% (100%: drive’s rated current) ...
  • Page 454 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Over-current Stall Prevention during Operation  Default: 120/120/120/120 Settings 230V/460V series Light load: 0–130% (100%: drive’s rated current) Normal load: 0–160% (100%: drive’s rated current) 575V/690V series Light load: 0–125% (100%: drive’s rated current) Normal load: 0–150% (100%: drive’s rated current) This parameter only works in VF and SVC control modes.
  • Page 455 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Over-torque Detection Selection (OT1)  Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Continue operation after over-torque detection during constant speed operation 2: Stop after over-torque detection during constant speed operation 3: Continue operation after over-torque detection during RUN 4: Stop after over-torque detection during RUN Over-torque Detection Selection (OT2) ...
  • Page 456 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When you set Pr.06-06 or Pr.06-09 to 2 or 4, an ot1 / ot2 warning displays and the drive stops running after over-torque detection. The drive keeps running after you manually reset it. Electronic Thermal Relay Selection (Motor 1) ...
  • Page 457 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 1 (Motor 1)  Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 2 (Motor 2)  Default: 60.0 Settings 30.0–600.0 sec.  Set the parameter to 150% of motor rated current and use with the setting of Pr.06-14 and Pr.06-28 to prevent motor damage due to overheating.
  • Page 458 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Heat Sink Over-heat (OH1) Warning  Default: 105.0 Settings 0.0–110.0°C  If Pr.06-15 is set to 110°C, when the temperature reaches 110°C, the drive stops with an IGBT over-heat fault.  For Frame C and above, when IGBT temperature is above Pr.06-15 minus 15°C, the cooling fan enhances performance to 100%;...
  • Page 459 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12: Low-voltage during deceleration (Lvd) 13: Low-voltage during constant speed (Lvn) 14: Low-voltage at stop (LvS) 15: Phase loss protection (OrP) 16: IGBT over-heat (oH1) 17: Capacitance over-heat (oH2) 18: tH1o (TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error) 19: tH2o (TH2 open: capacitance over-heat protection error) 21: Drive over-load (oL) 22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1 (EoL1)
  • Page 460 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 71: Watchdog 72: Channel 1 (STO1–SCM1) safety loop error (STL1) 73: External safety gate S1 74: FIRE mode output 76: Safety Torque Off (STO) 77: Channel 2 (STO2–SCM2) safety loop error (STL2) 78: Internal loop error (STL3) 79: U-phase output short-circuit (Uoc) 80: V-phase output short-circuit (Voc) 81: W-phase output short-circuit (Woc)
  • Page 461 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 requirement. When the fault occurs, the corresponding terminals activate. Convert the binary value to decimal value before you enter the value for Pr.06-23–Pr.06-26). bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 Fault Code current Volt. 0: No fault ●...
  • Page 462 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 Fault Code current Volt. ● 53: Software code error ● 54: Communication error (CE1) ● 55: Communication error (CE2) ● 56: Communication error (CE3) ● 57: Communication error (CE4) ●...
  • Page 463 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 PTC Level  Default: 50.0 Settings 0.0–100.0%  Sets AVI1/ACI/AVI2 analog input function Pr.03-00–03-02 to 6 [Positive Temperature Coefficient (P.T.C.) thermistor input value].  Use this to set the PTC level, the corresponding value for 100% is the analog input maximum value.
  • Page 464 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Capacitance Temperature at Malfunction Default: Read only Settings -3276.7–3276.7°C  When a malfunction occurs, check the current capacitance temperature. If it happens again, it overwrites the previous record. Motor Speed in rpm at Malfunction Default: Read only Settings -32767–32767 rpm...
  • Page 465 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  The OPHL protect function is active when the setting is not 3. Detection Time of Output Phase Loss  Default: 0.500 Settings 0.000–65.535 sec. Current Detection Level of Output Phase Loss  Default: 1.00 Settings 0.00–100.00% ...
  • Page 466 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Status 3: The drive is in STOP; Pr.06-48≠0 ; Pr.07-02≠0 When the drive starts, it executes Pr.06-48 first, and then executes Pr.07-02 (DC brake). The DC brake current level in this state includes two parts: one is 20 times the Pr.06-47 setting value in Pr.06-48 setting time;...
  • Page 467 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Status 4: The drive is in STOP; Pr.06-48≠0 ; Pr.07-02=0 When the drive starts, it executes Pr.06-48 as the DC brake. The DC brake current level is 20 times the Pr.06-47 setting value. In this period, if an OPHL happens within the time for Pr.06-48, the drive executes the Pr.06-45 setting after the drive starts counting for half the time of Pr.06-48.
  • Page 468 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Ripple of Input Phase Loss  Default: 30.0/ 60.0/ 75.0/ 90.0 Settings 230V series: 0.0–100.0 V 460V series: 0.0–200.0 V 575V series: 0.0–400.0 V 690V series: 0.0–480.0 V  When the DC bus ripple is higher than Pr.06-52, and continues for Pr.06-50 plus 30 seconds, the drive triggers an OrP and acts according to the setting of Pr.06-53 to stop.
  • Page 469 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 temperature, overload output current and time. If overloads are not frequent, and the concern is only about the carrier frequency operating with the rated current for a long time, and changes to the carrier wave due to short overload are acceptable, set to 0. Refer to the Section 9-7 “Derating Curve of Ambient Temperature”...
  • Page 470 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 (2) Select one of the voltage type analog inputs below: (a) AVI1(Pr.03-00=11) (b) AVI2 (Pr.03-02=11) (c) ACI (Pr.03-01=11 and Pr.03-29=1). (3) When selecting Pr.03-01=11 and Pr.03-29=1, you must switch SW4 to 0–10 V for the external I/O board.
  • Page 471 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When Pr.06-58=0.00 Hz, PT100 function is disabled. Example: When using PT100, if the motor temperature is higher than 135°C (275°F), the drive starts to count the delay time for auto-deceleration (Pr.06-59). The drive decreases the motor frequency to the setting for Pr.06-58 when it reaches the delay time count value.
  • Page 472 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Operation Time for Fault Record 1 (Min) Operation Time for Fault Record 2 (Min) Operation Time for Fault Record 3 (Min) Operation Time for Fault Record 4 (Min) Default: Read only Settings 0–1439 min ...
  • Page 473 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Low Current Action  Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Fault and coast to stop 2: Fault and ramp to stop by the 2 deceleration time 3: Warn and operation continue  The drive operates according to the setting for Pr.06-73 when the output current is lower than the setting for Pr.06-71, and when the time of the low current exceeds the detection time for Pr.06-72.
  • Page 474 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Enable Bypass on Fire Mode  Default: 0 Settings 0: Disable Bypass 1: Enable Bypass Bypass Delay Time on Fire Mode  Default: 0.0 Settings 0.0–6550.0 sec. Number of Times of Reset in Fire Mode ...
  • Page 475 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Below diagram shows the sequence of fire mode operation. The operation mode will accord to the Pr.06-86 bit0 setting (bit0: 0=Open Loop; 1=Close Loop (PID control)). The Fire mode operating procedure: Pr.06-86 bit0=0: When setting Pr.06-80=1 or 2, and the multi-functional input terminals MIx=58 is ON, the drive enables the fire mode operation.
  • Page 476 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 (2) When operating in fire mode, if there is an error on auto-reset and the number of times to auto-reset remains zero or the fire alarm rings according to the time setting for Pr.06-83, then the bypass function is enabled.
  • Page 477 Not-detectable Communication error 4 (CE4) Not-detectable Not-detectable Communication time-out (CE10) Not-detectable Not-detectable Braking transistor error (bF) Not-detectable Not-detectable Y-Delta connected Error (ydc) Not-detectable Not-detectable Deceleration Energy Backup error (dEb) Not-detectable Not-detectable Slip error (oSL) Not-detectable Not-detectable Electromagnet switch error (ryF)
  • Page 478 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Normal Enable bypass Code Error name Fire Mode mode function Auto-tuning error 1 (no feedback current Not-detectable Not-detectable error) (AUE1) detectable Auto-tuning error 2 (motor phase loss Not-detectable Not-detectable error) (AUE2) detectable Auto-tuning error 3 (no-load current I Not-detectable Not-detectable measuring error) (AUE3)
  • Page 479 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When in fire mode, the running direction of the drive is based on Pr.06-08=1 (FWD) or Pr.06-80=2 (REV). Other running direction commands are invalid and Pr.00-23 Motor Operating Direction is not available when in fire mode. When in fire mode, all keypad command are ignored, including RUN, STOP, JOG and direction ...
  • Page 480 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When in fire mode, the skip frequency function is not available. When in fire mode, the operating frequency for Pr.06-81 cannot be larger than Pr.01-00  Maximum Output Frequency. If Pr.06-81 > Pr.01-00, the maximum frequency is automatically set to Pr.01-00.
  • Page 481 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 07 Special Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Software Brake Level  Default: 380.0/740.0/895.0/1057.0 Settings 230V series: 350.0–450.0 V 460V series: 700.0–900.0 V 575V series: 850.0–1116.0 V 690V series: 939.0–1318.0 V ...
  • Page 482 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  The motor may continue rotating after the drive stops output due to external forces or the inertia of the motor itself. This parameter outputs DC current, generating torque to force the drive stop after the drive stops output to make sure that the motor stops.
  • Page 483 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Setting 1: Frequency tracking begins before momentary power loss and accelerates to the master Frequency command after the drive output frequency and motor rotator speed are synchronous. Use this setting when there is a lot of inertia with little resistance on the motor load. For example, in equipment with a large inertia flywheel, there is NO need to wait until the flywheel stops completely after a restart to execute the operation command;...
  • Page 484 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Delay time (sec.) Current Limit for Speed Search  Default: 100 Settings 20–200% (100% corresponds to the light-load rated current of the drive)  The AC motor drive executes speed tracking only if the output current is greater than the value set in Pr.07-09.
  • Page 485 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  The maximum current for speed tracking affects the synchronous time. The larger the parameter setting is, the faster the synchronization occurs. However, if the parameter setting is too large, the overload protection function may be activated. ...
  • Page 486 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 to zero speed. If the power recovers at this time, the drive restarts the motor after the dEb return time. Lv return level: Default value depends on the drive power model  Frame A, B, C, D = Pr.06-00 + 60V/30V (230V models) Frame E and above = Pr.06-00 + 80V/40V (230V models) ...
  • Page 487 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Situation 2: Momentary power loss or power current too low and unstable, or power supply sliding down because of sudden heavy load. Pr.07-13=2 “dEb active, DC bus voltage returns, output frequency returns” and power recovers.
  • Page 488 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Situation 4: Pr.07-13=2 “dEb active, DC bus voltage returns, the output frequency returns” and power does not recover. The drive decelerates to 0 Hz. The DC bus voltage continues to decrease until the voltage is lower than the Lv level and the drive disconnects the soft-start relay. The keypad displays “dEb”...
  • Page 489 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Fan Cooling Control  Default: 0 Settings 0: Fan always ON 1: Fan is OFF after AC motor drive stops for one minute 2: Fan is ON when AC motor drive runs; fan is OFF when AC motor drive stops 3: Fan turns ON when temperature (IGBT) reaches around 60°C 4: Fan always OFF...
  • Page 490 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 4: Stop by the 4 deceleration time 5: System deceleration 6: Automatic deceleration  When the multi-function input terminal is set to EF input (setting 10) or force to stop (setting 18) and the terminal contact is ON, the drive stops according to the setting of this parameter. Automatic Energy-saving Selection ...
  • Page 491 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  VF and SVC mode: Steady-speed: When output is light load, entry into the energy saving mode after 5 seconds. Return: When the drive is continuously adding loads, or in non-steady speed status.  Energy-saving Gain Default: 100 Settings...
  • Page 492 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When the setting is too long, the control is stable but the control response is delayed. When the setting is too short, the response is quick but the control may be unstable. Adjust the setting according to the stability of the control and response times.
  • Page 493 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Motor 1 (A)), the drive compensates the frequency with this parameter.  This parameter is set to 1.00 automatically when Pr.00-11 (Speed Control Method) is changed from V/F mode to vector mode. Apply the slip compensation after load and acceleration. Increase the compensation value from small to large gradually;...
  • Page 494 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  PMSVC Voltage Feedback Forward Gain Default: 1.00 Settings 0.00–2.00  Adjusts the PMSVC voltage feedback forward gain, and to meet the demand of rapid feedback application.  Pr. 07-38=1.00 means forward feedback = Ke * motor rotor speed ...

  • Page 495: High-Function Pid Parameters

    Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 08 High-function PID Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Terminal Selection of PID Feedback  Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Negative PID feedback: by analog input (Pr.03-00–03-02) 4: Positive PID feedback: by analog input (Pr.03-00–03-02) ...
  • Page 496 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Analog Input Selection (AVI1) Default: 1  Analog Input Selection (ACI) Default: 0  Analog Input Selection (AVI2) Default: 0 Settings 4: PID target value Common applications for PID control Flow control: Use a flow sensor to feedback the flow data and perform accurate flow control.
  • Page 497 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 the error is small. It gradually increases the controller output to eliminate the error until it is zero. This stabilizes the system without a steady-state error by using proportional gain control and integral time control. Adjustment: The integral time (I) accumulates from the time difference, if the vibration cycle is longer than the setting for integral time, the integration enhances.
  • Page 498 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Pr.00-04=10 (Display PID feedback (b) (%))  Pr.01-12 Acceleration Time is set according to actual conditions.  Pr.01-13 Deceleration Time is set according to actual conditions.  Pr.00-21=0 to operate through the digital keypad ...
  • Page 499 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 system state. Using a suitable differential time can reduce overshoot and shorten adjustment time; however, the differential operation increases noise interference. Note that a too large differential causes more noise interference. In addition, the differential shows the change and the output is 0 when there is no change.
  • Page 500 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  PID control output frequency is filtered with a primary low pass function. This function can filter a mix frequency. A long primary low pass time means the filter degree is high and a short primary low pass time means the filter degree is low.
  • Page 501 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Feedback Signal Detection Time  Default: 0.0 Settings 0.0–3600.0 sec.  Pr.08-08 is valid only for ACI 4–20 mA.  This parameter sets the detection time for abnormal PID feedback. Setting the detection time to 0.0 disables the detection function.
  • Page 502 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  PID Deviation Level Default: 10.0 Settings 1.0–50.0% PID Deviation Time  Default: 5.0 Settings 0.1–300.0 sec.  When the PID control function is normal, it should calculate the value within a period of time that is close to the target value.
  • Page 503 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Wake-up Integral Limit Default: 50.0 Settings 0.0–200.0%  The wake-up integral limit for the drive prevents suddenly running at high speed when the drive wakes up. The wake-up integral frequency limit = (Pr.01-00 × Pr.08-19%) ...
  • Page 504 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 2. Frequency Command Calculation of the Internal PID (Use PID Pr.08-00≠0) When the PID calculation reaches the sleep frequency, the drive starts to count the sleep time and the output frequency starts to decrease. If the drive exceeds the preset sleep time, it goes directly to sleep mode (0 Hz).
  • Page 505 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 3. PID Feedback Rate Percentage ( Use PID, Pr.08-00 ≠ 0 and Pr.08-18=1) When the PID feedback rate reaches the sleep level percentage, the drive starts to count the sleep time. The output frequency also decreases. If the drive exceeds the preset sleep time, it goes to sleep mode (0 Hz).
  • Page 506 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Example 02: PID positive feedback Pr.08-10 must < Pr.08-11  Area  30 kg is the reference Physical quantity  Set the parameter: > 36 kg, the drive goes Pr.03-00=5 (AVI1 is PID feedback) Sleep area into sleep, the motor Pr.08-00=4 (PID positive feedback: AVI1...

  • Page 507: Communication Parameters

    Modbus RS- 485 When us ing communication devi ces, Pin 1~2,7,8: Reserv ed connects AC dr ive with P C by us ing Pin 3, 6: GND Delta IFD6530 or IFD6500. Pin 4: SG- Pin 5: SG+ RS-485 COM1 Communication Address ...
  • Page 508 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 7: 8, N, 2 (ASCII) 8: 8, E, 1 (ASCII) 9: 8, O, 1 (ASCII) 10: 8, E, 2 (ASCII) 11: 8, O, 2 (ASCII) 12: 8, N, 1 (RTU) 13: 8, N, 2 (RTU) 14: 8, E, 1 (RTU) 15: 8, O, 1 (RTU) 16: 8, E, 2 (RTU)
  • Page 509 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 (7, O, 1) Start Stop parity 7-data bits 10-bits character frame 11-bit character frame (For RTU): (8, N, 2) Start Stop Stop 8-data bits 11-bits character frame (8, E, 1) Start Even Stop parity 8-data bits 11-bits character frame (8, O, 1)
  • Page 510 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 RTU mode START Defined by a silent interval of more than 10 ms Address Communication address: 8-bit address Function Command code: 8-bit command DATA (n-1) Contents of data: ……. n × 8-bit data, n ≤ 16 DATA 0 CRC Check Low CRC checksum:...
  • Page 511 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 RTU mode: Command Message: Response Message Address Address Function Function Number of register Starting data register (count by byte) Number of register Content of register (count by word) address 2102H CRC Check Low Content of register address 2103H CRC Check High CRC Check Low...
  • Page 512 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 ASCII Mode Command Message: Response Message ‘:’ ‘:’ ADR 1 ‘0’ ADR 1 ‘0’ ADR 0 ‘1’ ADR 0 ‘1’ CMD 1 ‘1’ CMD 1 ‘1’ CMD 0 ‘0’ CMD 0 ‘0’ ‘0’ ‘0’ ‘4’...
  • Page 513 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 RTU mode: CRC (Cyclical Redundancy Check) is calculated by the following steps: Step 1: Load a 16-bit register (called CRC register) with FFFFh. Step 2: Exclusive OR the first 8-bit byte of the command message with the low order byte of the 16-bit CRC register, putting the result in the CRC register.
  • Page 514 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 4. Address list AC motor drive parameters (GGxx) Modbus Function address GG is the parameter group, nn is the parameter number; for example, the address of GGnnH Pr.04-10 is 040AH. Control command (20xx) Modbus Function address 00B: No function...
  • Page 515 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Modbus Function address AC motor drive operation status bit1–0 00B: Drive stops 01B: Drive decelerating 10B: Drive standby 11B: Drive operating bit2 1：JOG Command Operation Direction bit4–3 00B: FWD run 01B: From REV run to FWD run 10B: From FWD run to REV run 2101H 11B: REV run...
  • Page 516 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Modbus Function address 2206H Display actual motor speed kW of U, V, W (XXXX.X kW) Display motor speed in rpm estimated by the drive or encoder feedback 2207H (XXXXX rpm) Display positive/negative output torque in %, estimated by the drive (XXX.X 2208H 2209H Reserved...
  • Page 517 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Modbus Function address 2229H kWh display (XXXX.X) 222AH Reserve 222BH Reserve 222CH Reserve 222DH Reserve 222EH PID reference (XXX.XX %) 222FH PID offset (XXX.XX %) 2230H PID output frequency (XXX.XX Hz) 2231H Hardware ID Remote IO (26xx) Modbus Function...
  • Page 518 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Example: ASCII mode: RTU mode: ‘:’ Address ‘0’ Function Address ‘1’ Exception code ‘8’ CRC Check Low Function ‘6’ CRC Check High ‘0’ Exception code ‘2’ ‘7’ LRC Check ‘7’ The explanation of exception codes: Exception code Explanation Function code is not supported or unrecognized.
  • Page 519 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Block Transfer 8   Block Transfer 9  Block Transfer 10  Block Transfer 11 Block Transfer 12  Block Transfer 13  Block Transfer 14  Block Transfer 15  Block Transfer 16 ...
  • Page 520 CANopen Speed Default 0 Settings 0: 1 Mbps 1: 500 Kbps 2: 250 Kbps 3: 125 Kbps 4: 100 Kbps (Delta only) 5: 50 Kbps CANopen Warning Record Default: Ready only Settings bit0: CANopen Guarding Time-out bit1: CANopen Heartbeat Time-out...
  • Page 521 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 CANopen Decoding Method Default: 1 Settings 0: Disable (Delta-defined decoding method) 1: Enable (CANopen DS402 Standard protocol) CANopen Communication Status Default: Read Only Settings 0: Node Reset State 1: Com Reset State 2: Boot up State...
  • Page 522 Communication Card Speed Setting (for DeviceNet)  Default: 2 Settings Standard DeviceNet: 0: 125 Kbps 1: 250 Kbps 2: 500 Kbps 3: 1 Mbps (Delta only) Non standard DeviceNet : (Delta only) 0: 10 Kbps 1: 20 Kbps 2: 50 Kbps 3: 100 Kbps 12.1-09-16...
  • Page 523 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 4: 125 Kbps 5: 250 Kbps 6: 500 Kbps 7: 800 Kbps 8: 1 Mbps Other Communication Card Speed Setting (for DeviceNet)  Default: 0 Settings 0: Standard DeviceNet In this mode, the baud rate can only be 125 Kbps, 250 Kbps, and 500 Kbps in standard DeviceNet speed.
  • Page 524 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Communication Card Gateway Address 4 (for Modbus TCP)  Default: 0 Settings 0–65535  Communication Card Password (Low word) (for Modbus TCP)  Communication Card Password (High word) (for Modbus TCP) Default: 0 Settings 0–99 Reset Communication Card (for Modbus TCP) ...
  • Page 525 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 10 PID Control Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. I/F Mode, Current Command  Default: 40 Settings 0–150% of motor rated current  Sets the current command for the drive in low speed area (low speed area: frequency command <...
  • Page 526 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 estimator measure the rotor right position and speed when running at the switch point frequency.  If the switch point is too high, the active area of I/F is too wide, which generates more current and cannot save energy.
  • Page 527 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 angle detection. Refer to the setting for Pr.01-01 before you adjust this parameter.  If the setting value for Pr.00-17 is lower than Pr.10-51*10, then increase the frequency of the carrier wave.  Pr.10-51 is valid only when Pr.10-53 = 2. ...

  • Page 528: Advanced Parameters

    12 Description of Parameter SettingCP2000 11 Advanced Parameters Group 11 Advanced parameters are reserved. 12.1-11-1...

  • Page 529: Pump Parameters

    Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12 Pump Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation. Circulation Control Default: 0 Settings 0: No operation 1: Fixed Time Circulation (by time) 2: Fixed Quantity Circulation 3: Fixed Quantity Control 4: Fixed Time Circulation + Fixed Quantity Circulation 5: Fixed Time Circulation + Fixed Quantity Control In this mode, the CP2000 can control up to eight motors at a time.
  • Page 530 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Wiring: Fixed Time Circulation (by time) can control up to eight motors. Diagram 12-2 shows an example of controlling four motors at the same time. VFD-CP2000 R6AA Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Diagram 12-2: Wiring 12.1-12-2...
  • Page 531 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Number of Motors to be Connected Default: 1 Settings 1–8  Number of Motors: maximum of eight motors. After setting the number of connected motors, the multi-function output terminals automatically follow the setting as shown in the table below. Pr.12-01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Pr.02-13 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Pr.02-14...
  • Page 532 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 To increase the flow quantity or pressure range, the CP2000 increases the first motor’s pressure from 0 Hz to the largest operating frequency. If the output frequency reaches the frequency setting for Pr.12-06 and delay time for Pr.12-05, the CP2000 delays the time setting for Pr.12-03. CP2000 then switches to the next motor to use mains electricity and delays the time setting for Pr.12-03 to run the next motor.
  • Page 533 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Diagram 12-4: Sequence of switching motors at Fixed Quantity Circulation with PID – Increasing Demands 12.1-12-5...
  • Page 534 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 However, if the decreasing demands for flow quantity and pressure are too big, the CP2000 stops the current operating motors and waits for the delay time setting for Pr.12-04. It continues doing this until the last motor stops using mains electricity. See sequential diagram 12-5 and 12-6 below.
  • Page 535 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Diagram 12-6: Sequence of switching motors at Fixed Quantity Circulation with PID – Decreasing Demands  Parameter Setting Parameter Description setting Pr.12-00=2 Choose Fixed Quantity Circulation with PID Number of Motors: maximum four motors. After you set the number of motors to be connected at the same time, the multi-function output terminals automatically follow the setting as shown in the table below.
  • Page 536 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Disable Motor Output Set the multi-function input commands to Disable Motors’ Output can stop corresponding motors. The settings are: Pr.02-01–Pr.02-06= Disable Motor’s Output When a motor’s output is disabled, this motor coasts to stop. ...
  • Page 537 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Frequency for Stopping Auxiliary Motor (Hz)  Default: 0 Settings 0.00–599.00 Hz  When the output frequency is smaller than the Pr.12-08 and remains at the time setting for Pr.12-04, the CP2000 shuts down the motors one by one. ...
  • Page 538 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Diagram 12-9: Sequence of switching motors at Fixed Quantity Control with PID – Increasing Demand 12.1-12-10...
  • Page 539 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 However, if the flow quantity or pressure is too large, the CP2000 stops, one by one, the motors use mains electricity until the CP2000 decreases the main motor’s frequency to 0 Hz. See Diagram 12-10 and Diagram 12-11.
  • Page 540 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Diagram 12-11: Sequence of switching motors at Fixed Quantity Control with PID – Decreasing Demand  Parameter setting: Parameter Description Setting Pr.12-00=3 Choose Fixed Quantity Control Number of Motors: maximum of eight motors. After you set the number of connected motors, the multi-function output terminals automatically follow the setting as shown in the table below.
  • Page 541 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Disable Motor’s Output Set the multi-function input commands to Disable Motors’ Output can stop the corresponding motors. The settings are: Pr.02-01–Pr.02-06= Disable Motor’s Output When a motor’s output is disabled, this motor coasts to stop. ...
  • Page 542 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Fixed Time circulation and Fixed quantity circulation with PID This mode combines Fixed Time Circulation and Fixed Quantity Circulation with PID. This is to prevent motors from becoming rusty if they are not in use for a long period of time. If some motors are not activated, set the fixed time circulation to run the motors one by one to make sure each of them is running.
  • Page 543 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 When all the motors are running and water pressure is sufficient, the fixed time circulation is not enabled. If motor 1 and motor 2 run to reach a balance in water pressure and when the time reaches the setting for Pr.12-02, motor 1 runs without using mains electricity (run by the motor drive).
  • Page 544 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Motor 8 Operation Record (min. /sec.) Default: Read only Settings Read only Motor 1 Operation Record (hour) Motor 2 Operation Record (hour) Motor 3 Operation Record (hour) Motor 4 Operation Record (hour) Motor 5 Operation Record (hour) Motor 6 Operation Record (hour) Motor 7 Operation Record (hour) Motor 8 Operation Record (hour)
  • Page 545 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Clear Motor’s Operation Time Default: 0 Settings 0: No function 1: Clear operation time for motor 1 2: Clear operation time for motor 2 3: Clear operation time for motor 3 4: Clear operation time for motor 4 5: Clear operation time for motor 5 6: Clear operation time for motor 6 7: Clear operation time for motor 7...
  • Page 546 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  When the minimum operation time (Pr.12-27=1) is enabled, the drive sorts the operation hours according to the amount of running motors at the moment, and then choose the motor that has the minimum operation hour to start after RUN command. As Example 1 below shows, the drive starts Motor 2, which having a minimum operation time among all eight motors.

  • Page 547: Application Parameters By Industry

    Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 13 Application Parameters by Industry  This parameter can be set during operation. Application Selection Default: 0 Settings 0: Disabled 1: User-defined Parameter 2: Compressor IM 3: Fan 4: Pump 10: Air Handling Unit, AHU ...
  • Page 548 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Explanation Settings 05-03 Rated speed for induction motor 1 (rpm) Default setting 05-04 Number of poles for induction motor 1 Default setting  Group setting 03: Fan The following table lists the relevant fan setting application parameters. Explanation Settings 00-11...
  • Page 549 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Group setting 04: Pump The following table lists the relevant pump setting application parameters. Explanation Settings 00-11 Speed control mode 0 (V/F mode) 00-16 Load selection 0: Light load Master frequency command source (AUTO) 00-20 2: External analog input / Source selection of the PID target...
  • Page 550 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 Explanation Settings 01-00 Maximum operation frequency Default setting 01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Default setting 01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Default setting 01-07 Minimum output frequency of motor 1 Default setting 01-10 Output frequency upper limit 01-11 Output frequency lower limit...

  • Page 551: Extension Card Parameter

    Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 14 Extension Card Parameter  This parameter can be set during operation.  Extension Card Input Terminal Selection (AI10)  Extension Card Input Terminal Selection (AI11) Default: 0 Settings 0: Disable 1: Frequency command 4: PID target value 5: PID feedback signal 6: Thermistor (PTC) input value...
  • Page 552 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Extension Card Output Terminal Selection (AO10) Extension Card Output Terminal Selection (AO11)  Default: 0 Settings 0–23  Refer to the function chart below for details setting. Function Chart Settings Functions Descriptions Output frequency (Hz) Maximum frequency Pr.01-00 is processed as 100%.
  • Page 553 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Analog Output 1 Gain (AO10)  Analog Output 1 Gain (AO11) Default: 100.0 Settings 0.0–500.0%  Adjusts the voltage level outputted to the analog meter from the analog signal (Pr.14-12, Pr.14-13) output terminal AFM of the drive. ...
  • Page 554 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  AO10 Filter Output Time  AO11 Filter Output Time Default: 0.01 Settings 0.00–20.00 sec.  AO10 Output Selection  AO11 Output Selection Default: 0 Settings 0: 0–10 V 1: 0–20 mA 2: 4–20 mA 12.1-14-4...

  • Page 555: Adjustment & Application

    Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 12-2 Adjustment & Application Permanent Magnet Motor Space Vector Control (PM SVC) Pr.00-11=2 1. Control Diagram PM SVC control diagram 12.2-00-1...
  • Page 556 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 2. PM SVC Adjustment Procedure (※ the number marked on the procedure corresponds to the number of following adjustment explanations) PM SVC motor parameters adjustment 12.2-00-2...
  • Page 557 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Basic Motor Parameters Adjustment 1. Parameter reset: Reset Pr.00-02=10 (60 Hz) to the default value. 2. Select PM motor type: Pr.05-33=1 (SPM) or 2 (IPM) 3. Motor nameplate parameter setting: Parameter Description Pr.01-01 Rated frequency (Hz) Pr.01-02 Rated voltage (V...
  • Page 558 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 II. PMSVC Adjustment for Operation without Load / with Light-load 8. No-load Running SPM > Increase Pr.10-42 SPM > Decrease Pr.10-42 Initial angle detection pulse Initial angle detection pulse value value （Too high pulse bandwidth may IPM >...
  • Page 559 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 b. If an ocA error occurs when pressing RUN to start the motor, decrease the current proportion for Pr.10-42 (Initial angle detection pulse value). An excessive pulse current may cause ocA error easily. A2. Operates the motor in 1/2 of the rated rotor speed, adjust the no-load operating current If the no-load operating current exceeds 20% of the rated current, increase Pr.07-26 (Torque compensation gain) and observe the no-load operating current.
  • Page 560 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000 III. PM SVC Carrier Start-up Adjustment 12.2-00-6...
  • Page 561 Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsCP2000  Heavy Load Operation Adjustment 9. Load operating test B1. Low-frequency loading performance is below 1/10 of rated frequency: a. If the low-frequency loading performance is insufficient, or the rotor speed is not smooth, increase Pr.10-31 (Current command of I/F mode).

  • Page 562: Chapter 13 Warning Codes

    Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 Chapter 13 Warning Codes ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Communication error 1 RS-485 Modbus illegal function code (CE1) Action and Reset Action level When the function code is not 03, 06, 10 and 63 Action time Immediately act Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 563 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Communication error 3 RS-485 Modbus illegal data value (CE3) Action and Reset Action level When the length of communication data is too long Action time Immediately act Warning setting parameter “Warning”...
  • Page 564 Keypad error Check if the error occurs randomly, or only occurs when copying certain parameters (the error displays on the upper right corner of the copy page). If you Control board error cannot clear the error, please contact Delta. 13-3...
  • Page 565 It is suggested to check the status of Data ROM and remove the error causes first. If you cannot clear the error, please contact Delta. Verify the wiring and grounding of the main circuit, control circuit and the Malfunction caused by interference encoder for effective anti-interference performance.
  • Page 566 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Capacitor over-heat The drive has detected over heat of the capacitor warning (oH2) Action and Reset Action level oH2 error level minus (–) 5°C The oH2 warning occurs when the capacitor temperature is higher than oH2 Action time warning level Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 567 VFD2800CP43A-00/-21 VFD3150CP43A-00 VFD3150CP43C-00/-21 VFD3550CP43A-00 VFD3550CP43C-00/-21 VFD4000CP43A-00 VFD4000CP43C-00/-21 VFD5000CP43A-00 VFD5000CP43C-00/-21 VFD5600CP43A-00 Please contact Delta for more information VFD5600CP43C-21 VFD6300CP43A-00 Please contact Delta for more information VFD6300CP43C-21 VFD015CP53A-21 VFD022CP53A-21 VFD037CP53A-21 oH1 Warning = oH1 – 5 VFD055CP53A-21 oH2 Warning = oH2 – 5...
  • Page 568 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description PID feedback error PID feedback loss (warning for analog feedback signal; (PID) works only when PID enables) Action and Reset Action level When the analog input is lower than 4mA (only detects analog input of 4–20mA) Action time Pr.08-08 Pr.08-09...
  • Page 569 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Under current Low current (uC) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-71 Action time Pr.06-72 Pr.06-73 0: No function Warning setting parameter 1: Fault and coast to stop 2: Fault and ramp to stop by 2 deceleration time 3: Warn and operation continue...
  • Page 570 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Deviation Warning Over speed deviation warning (dAvE) Action and Reset Action level Pr.10-13 Action time Pr.10-14 Pr.10-15=0 Warning setting parameter 0: Warn and keep operation Reset method “Warning”...
  • Page 571 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Over-torque 1 Over-torque 1 warning (ot1) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-07 Action time Pr.06-08 Pr.06-06=1 or 3 0: No function 1: Continue operation after over-torque detection during constant speed Warning setting parameter operation 2: Stop after over-torque detection during constant speed operation...
  • Page 572 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Over-torque Over-torque 2 warning (ot2) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-10 Action time Pr.06-11 Pr.06-09=1 or 3 0: No function 1: Continue operation after over-torque detection during constant speed Warning setting parameter operation 2: Stop after over-torque detection during constant speed operation...
  • Page 573 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Motor over-heating warning. Motor over-heating 22_1 The AC motor drive detects the temperature inside the (oH3) PTC motor is too high Action and Reset Action level Pr.03-00=6 (PTC), PTC input level > Pr.06-30 (default=50%) Action time Immediately act Error treatment: Pr.06-29...
  • Page 574 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Motor over-heating warning. Motor over-heating 22_2 The AC motor drive detects the temperature inside the (oH3) PT100 motor is too high. Action and Reset Action level Pr.03-00=11 (PT100), PT100 input level > Pr.06-57 (default=7V) Action time Immediately act Error treatment: Pr.06-29...
  • Page 575 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Over slip warning. By using the maximum slip (Pr.10-29) as the base, Over slip warning when the drive outputs at constant speed, and the F>H (oSL) or F<H exceeds Pr.07-29 level and Pr.07-30 setting time, 100% Pr.07-29 = Pr.10-29.
  • Page 576 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Output phase loss Output phase loss (OPHL) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-47 Action time Pr.06-45 0: Warn and keep operating Warning setting parameter 1: Fault and ramp to stop 2: Fault and coast to stop 3: No warning If Pr.06-45 is set to 0, the OPHL warning automatically clears after the drive...
  • Page 577 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CANopen guarding CANopen guarding time-out 1 time-out (CGdn) Action and Reset When CANopen Node Guarding detects that one of the slaves does not Action level response, the CGdn error displays. The upper unit sets factor and time during configuration.
  • Page 578 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CANopen bus off error CANopen BUS off error (CbFn) Action and Reset Hardware When CANopen card is not installed, CbFn fault will occur. When the master received wrong communication package, CbFn fault will occur.
  • Page 579 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CANopen station CANopen station address error (only supports 1–127) address error (CAdn) Action and Reset Action level CANopen station address error Action time Immediately act when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter Reset method Manual Reset...
  • Page 580 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CANopen SDO SDO transmission time-out (only shows on master time-out (CSdn) station) Action and Reset When the CANopen master transmits SDO command, and the Slave response Action level “time-out”, CSdn warning will occur.
  • Page 581 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CANopen format error CANopen protocol format error (CPtn) Action and Reset The slave detects that data from the upper unit cannot be recognized, and then Action level shows CPtn warning Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected...
  • Page 582 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description InnerCOM error InnerCOM error (PLiC) Action and Reset Action level Action time Warning setting parameter Reset method Reset condition When InnerCOM is back to normal condition, the warning automatically clears Record Cause Corrective Actions...
  • Page 583 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description PLC opposite defect PLC download error warning (PLod) Action and Reset During PLC downloading, the program source code detects incorrect address Action level (e.g. the address exceeds the range), then the PLod warning shows. Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 584 Check if the program is correct and re-download the program. If the fault does Reset method not exist, the warning automatically clears. Reset condition Record Cause Corrective Actions Unsupported command has used Check if the firmware of the drive is the old version. If yes, please contact Delta. while downloading the program 13-23...
  • Page 585 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description PLC buffer overflow PLC register overflow (PLor) Action and Reset When PLC runs the last command and the command exceeds the maximum Action level capacity of the program, the PLor warning shows. Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 586 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Checksum error PLC checksum error (PLSn) Action and Reset Action level PLC checksum error is detected after power on, then PLSn warning shows Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter Check if the program is correct and re-download the program.
  • Page 587 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description PLC MCR error PLC MCR command error (PLCr) Action and Reset The MC command is detected during PLC operation, but there is no Action level corresponded MCR command, then the PLCr warning shows. Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 588 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description PLC scan time fail PLC scan time exceeds the maximum allowable time (PLSF) Action and Reset When the PLC scan time exceeds the maximum allowable time (400ms), PLSF Action level warning shows.
  • Page 589 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CAN/M BUS off CANopen Master BUS off (PCbF) Action and Reset When the CANopen master detects error packets more than 255 during the BUS off detection, or when the CANopen card is not installed, the PCbF warning Action level displays.
  • Page 590 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CAN/M cycle time-out CANopen Master cycle time-out (PCCt) Action and Reset When the transmitted packet from CANopen master exceeds the maximum Action level allowable quantity in a certain time, the PCCt warning displays. Action time Immediately displays when the fault is detected Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 591 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description CAN/M SDO time-out CANopen Master SDO time-out (PCSd) Action and Reset When the CANopen master sends a SDO command, and the BUS is too busy to Action level transmit the command, PCSd warning displays.
  • Page 592 2. Make sure the communication circuit is wired in series. 3. Use CANopen cable or add terminating resistance. The command from the upper unit does not meet the CANopen Please contact Delta for further confirmation. format ID No. Display on LCD Keypad...
  • Page 593 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description ExCom power loss Low voltage of communication card (ECLv) Action and Reset Action level The 5V power that drive provides to communication card is to low Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method...
  • Page 594 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description ExCom no power There is no power supply on the DeviceNet (ECnP) Action and Reset Action level There is no power supply on the DeviceNet Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method...
  • Page 595 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description ExCom IO Net break IO connection break off (ECio) Action and Reset Action level IO connection between the communication card and the master is broken off Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method...
  • Page 596 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Ethernet link fail Ethernet cable is not connected (ECEF) Action and Reset Action level Hardware detection Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition Record Cause...
  • Page 597 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Return defect Communication card returns to the default setting (ECrF) Action and Reset Action level Communication card returns to the default setting Action time Warning setting parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition...
  • Page 598 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description EtherNet/IP over Ethernet/IP exceeds maximum communication value (ECo1) Action and Reset Action level Hardware detection Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition Immediately resets Record Cause...
  • Page 599 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Mail warning: Alarm mail will be sent when the Mail fail (EC3F) communication card establishes alarm conditions Action and Reset Action level Communication card establishes alarm conditions Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter...
  • Page 600 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Copy PLC password error. Copy PLC: password When KPC-CC01 is processing PLC copy and the PLC error (CPLP) password is incorrect, the CPLP warning shows. Action and Reset Action level PLC password is incorrect Action time...
  • Page 601 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Copy PLC version error. Copy PLC: version When non-CP2000 built-in PLC is copied to CP2000 error (CPLv) drive, the CPLv warning shows Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Immediately acts...
  • Page 602 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Copy PLC: time-out Copy PLC time out (CPLt) Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Immediately acts Warning setting parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition Directly resets Record Cause...
  • Page 603 Chapter 13 Warning CodesCP2000 ID No. Display on LCD Keypad Warning Name Description Estimated speed Estimated speed is in a reverse direction with motor reverse (SpdR) actual running direction Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Pr.10-09 Pr.10-08 0: Warn and keep operation Warning setting parameter 1: Fault and coast to stop...

  • Page 604: Chapter 14 Fault Codes And Descriptions

    Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and Descriptions * : Refer to setting of Pr.06-17–Pr.06-22. Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output current exceeds 2.4 times of rated current during Over-current during acceleration. acceleration When ocA occurs, the drive closes the gate of the (ocA) output immediately, the motor runs freely, and the...
  • Page 605 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 The ocA occurs due to short circuit or ground fault at the output side of the drive. Check for possible short circuits between terminals with the electric meter: Hardware failure B1 corresponds to U, V and W; DC- corresponds to U, V and W; corresponds to U, V and W.
  • Page 606 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output current exceeds 2.4 times of rated current during Over-current during deceleration. deceleration When ocd occurs, the drive closes the gate of the (ocd) output immediately, the motor runs freely, and the display shows an ocd error.
  • Page 607 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output current exceeds 2.4 times of the rated current Over-current during during constant speed. steady operation When ocn occurs, the drive closes the gate of the output (ocn) immediately, the motor runs freely, and the display shows an ocn error.
  • Page 608 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions When (one of) the output terminal(s) is grounded, short circuit current is larger than Pr.06-60 setting value, and the detection time is longer than Pr.06-61 time setting, Ground fault (GFF) GFF occurs.
  • Page 609 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Over-current or hardware failure in current detection at Over-current at stop stop. (ocS) Cycle the power after ocS occurs. If the hardware failure occurs, the display shows cd1, cd2 or cd3. Action and Reset Action level 240% of rated current...
  • Page 610 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions DC bus over-voltage during deceleration. Over-voltage during When ovd occurs, the drive closes the gate of the deceleration output immediately, the motor runs freely, and the (ovd) display shows an ovd error.
  • Page 611 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions DC bus over-voltage at constant speed. Over-voltage at When ovn occurs, the drive closes the gate of the constant speed output immediately, the motor runs freely, and the (ovn) display shows an ovn error.
  • Page 612 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Over-voltage at stop Over-voltage at stop (ovS) Action and Reset 230V series: 410 V 460V series: 820 V Action level 575V series: 1116 V 690V series: 1318 V Action time Immediately act when DC bus voltage is higher than the level Fault treatment parameter...
  • Page 613 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Low-voltage during DC bus voltage is lower than Pr.06-00 setting value deceleration during deceleration (Lvd) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-00 (Default = depending on the model) Action time Immediately act when DC bus voltage is lower than Pr.06-00 Fault treatment parameter...
  • Page 614 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions 1. DC bus voltage is lower than Pr.06-00 setting value Low-voltage at stop at stop (LvS) 2. Hardware failure in voltage detection Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-00 (Default = depending on the model) Action time Immediately act when DC bus voltage is lower than Pr.06-00...
  • Page 615 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Phase loss protection Phase loss of power input (OrP) Action and Reset Action level DC bus is lower than Pr.07-00, and DC bus ripple is higher than Pr.06-52 Action time Fault treatment parameter Pr.06-53...
  • Page 616 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Heatsink overheating Capacitance temperature exceeds the protection level (oH2) Action and Reset Action level Refer to the table below for oH2 level of each models When capacitance temperature exceeds the protection level for more than 100 Action time ms, oH2 error occurs Fault treatment parameter...
  • Page 617 VFD2800CP43A-00/-21 VFD3150CP43A-00 VFD3150CP43C-00/-21 VFD3550CP43A-00 VFD3550CP43C-00/-21 VFD4000CP43A-00 VFD4000CP43C-00/-21 VFD5000CP43A-00 VFD5000CP43C-00/-21 VFD5600CP43A-00 Please contact Delta for more information VFD5600CP43C-21 VFD6300CP43A-00 Please contact Delta for more information VFD6300CP43C-21 VFD015CP53A-21 VFD022CP53A-21 VFD037CP53A-21 oH1 Warning = oH1 – 5 VFD055CP53A-21 oH2 Warning = oH2 – 5...
  • Page 618 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions IGBT temperature detection failure IGBT hardware failure in temperature detection (tH1o) Action and Reset Action level NTC broken or wiring failure When the IGBT temperature is higher than the protection level, and detection Action time time exceeds 100 ms, the tH1o protection activates.
  • Page 619 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions The AC motor drive detects excessive drive output current. The overload capacity sustains for 1 minute Over load (oL) when the drive outputs 120% of the drive’s rated output current.
  • Page 620 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Electronics thermal Electronics thermal relay 1 protection. The drive coasts relay 1 protection to stop once it activates. (EoL1) Action and Reset Action level Start counting when output current > 105% of motor 1 rated current Pr.06-14 (if the output current is larger than 105% of motor 1 rated current again Action time within 60 sec., the counting time reduces and is less than Pr.06-14)
  • Page 621 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Electronic thermal Electronic thermal relay 2 protection. The drive coasts relay 2 protection to stop once it activates. (EoL2) Action and Reset Action level Start counting when output current > 105% of motor 2 rated current Pr.06-28 (If the output current is larger than 105% of motor 2 rated current again Action time within 60 sec., the counting time reduces and is less than Pr.06-28)
  • Page 622 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Motor overheating (PTC) (Pr.03-00–Pr.03-02=6 PTC), Motor overheating 24_1 when PTC input > Pr.06-30, the fault treatment acts (oH3) PTC according to Pr.06-29. Action and Reset Action level PTC input value >...
  • Page 623 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Motor overheating (PT100) (Pr.03-00–Pr.03-02=11 Motor overheating 24_2 PT100). When PT100 input > Pr.06-57 (default = 7V), (oH3) PT100 the fault treatment acts according to Pr.06-29. Action and Reset Action level PT100 input value >...
  • Page 624 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions When output current exceeds the over-torque detection Over torque 1 level (Pr.06-07) and exceeds over-torque detection time (ot1) (Pr.06-08), and when Pr.06-06 or Pr.06-09 is set to 2 or 4, the ot1 error displays.
  • Page 625 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions When output current exceeds the over-torque detection Over torque 2 level (Pr.06-10) and exceeds over-torque detection time (ot2) (Pr.06-11), and when Pr.06-09 is set to 2 or 4, the ot2 error displays.
  • Page 626 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Under current Low current detection (uC) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-71 Action time Pr.06-72 Pr.06-73 0: No function Fault treatment parameter 1: Fault and coast to stop 2: Fault and ramp to stop by 2 deceleration time 3: Warn and operation continue...
  • Page 627 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions EEPROM write error Internal EEPROM cannot be programmed (cF1) Action and Reset Action level Firmware internal detection Action time cF1 acts immediately when the drive detects the fault Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset...
  • Page 628 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions V-phase error (cd2) V-phase current detection error when power ON Action and Reset Action level Hardware detection Action time cd2 acts immediately when the drive detects the fault Fault treatment parameter Reset method Power-off...
  • Page 629 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions oc hardware error oc hardware protection error when power is ON (Hd1) Action and Reset Action level Hardware detection Action time Hd1 acts immediately when the drive detects the fault Fault treatment parameter Reset method Power-off...
  • Page 630 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Auto-tuning error Motor auto-tuning error (AUE) Action and Reset Action level Hardware detection Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition Immediately reset Record Cause...
  • Page 631 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions PG feedback error The motor runs in a reverse direction to the frequency (PGF1) command direction. Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Pr.10-09 Pr.10-08 0: Warn and keep operation Fault treatment parameter...
  • Page 632 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Under PG mode, when the motor frequency exceeds the encoder observer stall level (Pr.10-10) and starts to PG feedback stall count, the fault time is longer than the detection time of (PGF3) encoder observer stall (Pr.10-11), then PGF3 fault occurs.
  • Page 633 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions ACI loss Analog input loss (including all the 4–20 mA analog (ACE) signal) Action and Reset Action level When the analog input is < 4 mA (only detects 4–20 mA analog input) Action time Immediately act Pr.03-19...
  • Page 634 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions When the contact of MIx=EF1 is ON, the output stops Emergency stop immediately and displays EF1 on the keypad. The (EF1) motor is in free running. Action and Reset Action level MIx=EF1 and the MI terminal is ON...
  • Page 635 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Illegal command Communication command is illegal (CE1) Action and Reset Action level When the function code is not 03, 06, 10, or 63. Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset...
  • Page 636 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Illegal data value Data value is illegal (CE3) Action and Reset Action level When the data length is too long Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition...
  • Page 637 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Modbus transmission time-out Modbus transmission time-out occurs (CE10) Action and Reset Action level When the communication time exceeds the detection time for Pr.09-03 time-out. Action time Pr.09-03 Pr.09-02 0: Warn and continue operation...
  • Page 638 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Y-connection / Δ-connection An error occurs when Δ switches switch error (ydc) Action and Reset 1. ydc occurs when the confirmation signals of Y-connection and Δ-connection Action level are conducted at the same time.
  • Page 639 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions On the basis of the maximum slip limit set via Pr.10-29, the speed deviation is abnormal. When the motor drive outputs at constant speed, F>H or F<H exceeds the Over slip error (oSL) level set via Pr.07-29, and it exceeds the time set via Pr.07-30, oSL shows.
  • Page 640 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Reverse direction of Rotating direction is different from the commanding the speed feedback direction detected by the sensorless (SdRv) Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Pr.10-09 Pr.10-08...
  • Page 641 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Large deviation of A large deviation between the rotating speed and the speed feedback command detected by the sensorless (SdDe) Action and Reset Action level Pr.10-13 Action time Pr.10-14 Pr.10-15...
  • Page 642 Check if the IO card connects to the control board correctly, and if the screws are tightened well? The IO card does not match the Contact local agent or Delta version of the control board Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name...
  • Page 643 Poor connection of the IO card Check if the IO card connects to the control board correctly, and if the screws are tightened well? The IO card does not match the Contact local agent or Delta version of the control board 14-40...
  • Page 644 Check if the IO card connects to the control board correctly, and if the screws are tightened well? The IO card does not match the Contact local agent or Delta version of the control board Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions STO1–SCM1 and STO2–SCM2 internal loop detection...
  • Page 645 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output phase loss U phase output phase loss U phase (OPHL) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-47 Pr.06-46 Action time Pr.06-48: Use the setting value of Pr.06-48 first if there is DC braking function, and then use that of Pr.06-46.
  • Page 646 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output phase loss V phase output phase loss V phase (OPHL) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-47 Pr.06-46 Action time Pr.06-48: Use the setting value of Pr.06-48 first. If DC braking function activates, use that of Pr.06-46.
  • Page 647 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Output phase loss W phase output phase loss W phase (OPHL) Action and Reset Action level Pr.06-47 Pr.06-46 Action time Pr.06-48: Use the setting value of Pr.06-48 first. If DC braking function activates, use that of Pr.06-46.
  • Page 648 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Overload protection at Low frequency and high current protection low frequency (oL3) Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition...
  • Page 649 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Force to stop (FStp) Keypad forces PLC to Stop Action and Reset When Pr.00-32=1, STOP button on the keypad is valid. When giving the STOP Action level command during the PLC operation, FStp fault will active.
  • Page 650 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions CANopen guarding CANopen guarding error error (CGdE) Action and Reset When CANopen Node Guarding detects that one of the slaves does not Action level response, the CGdE fault will activate. The upper unit sets factor and time during configuration.
  • Page 651 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions CANopen bus off error CANopen bus off error (CbFE) Action and Reset Hardware When CANopen card is not installed, CbFE fault will occur. When the master received wrong communication package, CbFE fault will occur.
  • Page 652 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions CANopen station CANopen station address error (only supports 1–127) address error (CAdE) Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset (Pr.00-02=7) Reset condition...
  • Page 653 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions InrCOM time-out error Internal communication time-out (ictE) Action and Reset Pr.09-31=-1 – -10 (there is no -9), when the internal communication between Action level Slave and Master is abnormal, IctE fault will occur. Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter...
  • Page 654 Chapter 14 Fault Codes and DescriptionsCP2000 Display on LCD Keypad Fault Name Fault Descriptions Auto-tune error 2 Motor phase loss error when motor parameter (AUE2) automatically detects Action and Reset Action level Software detection Action time Immediately act Fault treatment parameter Reset method Manual reset Reset condition...
  • Page 655 Acts when turning on the drive Fault treatment parameter Reset method Cannot reset Reset condition Cannot reset Record Cause Corrective Actions Replace with the correct control board. If the CBM still exists, contact Delta for Incorrect control board further confirmation. 14-52...

  • Page 656: Chapter 15 Canopen Overview

    Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview 15-1 CANopen Overview 15-2 Wiring for CANopen 15-3 CANopen Communication Interface Description 15-4 CANopen Supporting Index 15-5 CANopen Fault Codes 15-6 CANopen LED Function 15-1...
  • Page 657 Support default COB-ID in Predefined Master/Slave Connection Set in DS301 V4.02; Support SYNC service; Support Emergency service.  NMT (Network Management): Support NMT module control; Support NMT Error control; Support Boot-up. Delta CANopen not supporting service:  Time Stamp service 15-2...

  • Page 658: Canopen Overview

    Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-1 CANopen Overview CANopen Protocol CANopen is a CAN-based higher layer protocol, and was designed for motion-oriented machine control networks, such as handling systems. Version 4.02 of CANopen (CiA DS301) is standardized as EN50325-4. The CANopen specifications cover the application layer and communication profile (CiA DS301), as well as a framework for programmable devices (CiA DS302), recommendations for cables and connectors (CiA DS303-1), SI units and prefix representations (CiA DS303-2).
  • Page 659 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen Communication Protocol It has services as follows: NMT (Network Management Object)  SDO (Service Data Objects)  PDO (Process Data Object)  EMCY (Emergency Object)  NMT (Network Management Object) The Network Management (NMT) follows a Master/Slave structure for executing NMT service. A network has only one NMT master, and the other nodes are slaves.
  • Page 660 Type number 252 indicates the data is updated (but not sent) immediately after receiving SYNC. Type number 253 indicates the data is updated immediately after receiving RTR. Type number 254 indicates that Delta CANopen does not support this transmission format. Type number 255 indicates the data is an asynchronous aperiodic transmission.

  • Page 661: Wiring For Canopen

    Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-2 Wiring for CANopen Use an external adapter card EMC-COP01 for CANopen wiring to connect CANopen to a CP2000. The link uses a RJ45 cable. You must terminate the two farthest ends with 120 Ω terminating resistors as shown in the picture below. Characteristic line impedance Characteristic...

  • Page 662: Canopen Communication Interface Description

    There are two control modes for CANopen: the DS402 standard (Pr.09-40 set to 1) is the default, and the Delta’s standard setting (Pr.09-40 set to 0). There are two control modes according to Delta’s standard. One is the old control mode (Pr.09-30=0), this control mode can only control the motor drive under frequency control.
  • Page 663 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-3-2 DS402 Standard Control Mode 15-3-2-1 Related set up for an AC motor drive (following the DS402 standard) If you want to use the DS402 standard to control the motor drive, follow these steps: Wire the hardware (refer to Section 15-2 Wiring for CANopen) Set the operation source: set Pr.00-21 to 3 for CANopen communication card control.
  • Page 664 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Index 6041 – – Internal Switch Target Quick Voltage Operation Switch Ready to Reserved Operation limit Remote Reserved Warning Fault reached stop enabled enable switch on active disabled Set command 6040=0xE, then set another command 6040 =0xF. Then you can switch the motor drive to Operation Enable.
  • Page 665 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 When the control section switches from Power Enable to Power Disable, use 605C to define parking method. Index Sub Definition Default R/W Size Unit Mode note 0: Disable drive function 1: Slow down with slow down Disable operation option 605Ch code...
  • Page 666 Set the frequency source: set Pr.00-20 to 6. Choose source for the frequency command from the CANopen setting. Set Delta Standard (Old definition, only supports speed mode) as the control mode: Pr.09-40 = 0 and Pr.09-30 = 0. Set the CANopen station: set Pr.09-36; the range is among 1–127. When Pr.09-36=0, the CANopen slave function is disabled.
  • Page 667 Set the frequency source: set Pr.00-20 to 6. Choose the source of the frequency command from the CANopen setting. Set Delta Standard (New definition) as the control mode: Pr.09-40 = 0 and Pr.09-30 = 1. Set the CANopen station: set Pr.09-36; the range is among 1–127. When Pr.09-36=0, the CANopen slave function is disabled.
  • Page 668 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-3-5 DI/ DO/ AI/ AO are controlled via CANopen To control the DO/AO of the motor drive through CANopen, follow the steps below: 1. Define the DO to be controlled by CANopen. For example, set Pr.02-14=50 to control RY2. 2.

  • Page 669: Canopen Supporting Index

    Pr.10-15 (Encoder Slip Error Treatment) Group member 10(0AH) 15(0FH) Index = 2000H + 0AH = 200A Sub Index = 0FH + 1H = 10H CP2000 Control Index: Delta Standard Mode (Old definition) Factory Index Sub Definition Size Note Setting 0 Number bit1–0...
  • Page 670 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Factory Index Sub Definition Size Note Setting bit1 Reset bit2 1: Base Block (B.B) ON bit15–3 Reserved 0 Number High byte: Warn code 1 Error code Low byte: Error code stop decelerate to stop bit1–0 waiting for operation command in operation bit2...
  • Page 671 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Factory Index Sub Definition Size Note Setting Display output voltage (XXX.X V) Display output power angle (XX.X°) 7 Display output power in kW Display actual motor speed (rpm) Display estimate output torque (XXX.X%) Display PID feedback value after enabling PID function in % (To 2 decimal places)
  • Page 672 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Factory Index Sub Definition Size Note Setting 2A kWh display Motor actual position low-word Motor actual position high-word 2F PID reference target 30 PID bias value 31 PID output frequency CANopen Remote IO mapping Index Definition Each bit corresponds to the different input terminals Each bit corresponds to the different input terminals 03h–40h...
  • Page 673 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 Delta Standard Mode (New definition) Descriptions Index Size Speed Mode Definition Priority 0: fcmd =0 1: fcmd = Fset (Fpid) 0: FWD run command 1: REV run command 0: drive run till target speed is attained...
  • Page 674 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 DS402 Standard Factory Index Sub Definition R/W Size Unit Mode Note Setting No action 6007h 0 Abort connection option code RW S16 Disable Voltage quick stop 603Fh 0 Error code R0 U16 6040h 0 Control word RW U16 6041h 0 Status word...

  • Page 675: Canopen Fault Codes

    Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-5 CANopen Fault Codes * Refer to setting value of Pr.06-17–Pr.06-22. CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) 0001H 2213 H Over-current during acceleration 0002H 2213 H Over-current during deceleration Over-current during steady status 0003H 2214H operation...
  • Page 676 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) DC bus over-voltage at constant 0009H 3210H speed Over-voltage at stop. Hardware 000AH 3210H failure in voltage detection DC bus voltage is less than Pr.06-00 000BH 3220H during acceleration.
  • Page 677 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) Overload; the AC motor drive detects excessive drive output current. 0015H 2310H NOTE: The AC motor drive can withstand up to 150% of the rated current for a maximum of 60 seconds.
  • Page 678 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) 0022H FF05H V-phase current error 0023H FF06H W-phase current error 0024H FF07H cc (current clamp) hardware error 0025H FF08H oc hardware error 0026H FF09H ov hardware error 0027H FF0AH...
  • Page 679 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) External Base Block; when the multi-function input terminal (B.B.) is 0033H 9000H active, the AC motor drive stops output Keypad is locked after you enter the 0034H FF26H wrong password three times...
  • Page 680 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) Electric valve switch error 0040H 7110H STO1–SCM1 internal loop detection 0048H 5441H error 0049H FF2AH Emergency stop for external safety 004AH FF2FH Fire mode 004BH External brake error 7110H...
  • Page 681 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) 0052H 2331H Output phase loss 1 (Phase U) 0053H 2332H Output phase loss 2 (Phase V) 0054H 2333H Output phase loss 3 (Phase W) Force to stop 005AH FF2EH...
  • Page 682 Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 CANopen CANopen Display Fault code fault register Description No.* fault code (bit0–7) InrCOM internal communication 006FH 7500H special error code 0070H PMLess shaft lock FF31H 15-27...

  • Page 683: Canopen Led Function

    Chapter 15 CANopen Overview│CP2000 15-6 CANopen LED Function There are two CANopen flash signs: RUN and ERR. RUN LED: LED status Condition CANopen State Initial Blinking Pre-Operation 1000 Single flash Stopped 單次閃爍 Operation ERR LED: LED status Condition/ State No Error One Message fail Single 1000...

  • Page 684: Chapter 16 Plc Function Applications

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications 16-1 PLC Summary 16-2 Notes before PLC use 16-3 Turn on 16-4 Basic principles of PLC ladder diagrams 16-5 Various PLC device functions 16-6 Introduction to the Command Window 16-7 Error display and handling 16-8 CANopen Master control applications...

  • Page 685: Plc Summary

    Delta's PLC DVP series. 16-1-2 WPLSoft ladder diagram editing tool WPLSoft is Delta's program editing software for the DVP and CP2000 programmable controllers in the Windows operating system environment. Apart from general PLC program design general Windows editing functions (such as cut, paste, copy, multiple windows, etc.), WPLSoft also provides...

  • Page 686: Notes Before Plc Use

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-2 Notes before PLC use The PLC has a preset communications format of 7, N, 2, 9600, with node 2; the PLC node can be changed in Pr.09-35, but this address may not be the same as the drive's address setting of Pr.09-00.
  • Page 687 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 When Pr.00-04 is set as 28, the displayed value is the value of PLC register D1043 (see figure below): Keypad KPC-CC01 Can display 0–65535 H 0.00Hz A 0.00Hz C _ _ _ _ _ In the PLC Run and PLC Stop mode, the content 9 and 10 of Pr.00-02 cannot be set nor be reset to the default value.

  • Page 688: Turn On

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-3 Turn on 16-3-1 Connect to PC Start operation of PLC functions in accordance with the following four steps After pressing the Menu key and selecting 4: PLC on the KPC-CC01 digital keypad, press the Enter key (see figure below). Wiring: Connect the driver's RJ45 communications interface to a PC via the RS-485 PLC function usage ...
  • Page 689 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 PLC mode PLC Mode select bit1(52) PLC Mode select bit0 (51) Using KPC-CC01 Disable PLC Run PLC Stop Maintain previous state NOTE  When input/output terminals (FWD REV MI1–MI8, MI10–15, Relay1–3, RY10–RY15, MO10–MO11,) are included in the PLC program, these input/output terminals will only be used by the PLC.
  • Page 690 2: Extension card: EMC-D42A (D1022=5) 3: Extension card: EMC-R6AA (D1022=6) 16-3-3 Installation WPLSoft Download and install WPLSoft editing software in Delta’s website: After completing installation, the WPLSoft program will be installed in the designated subfolder “C: \Program Files\Delta Industrial Automation\WPLSoft x.xx”.
  • Page 691 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 2: The WPLSoft editing window appears (see figure 16-2 below). When running WPLSoft for the first time, before "New file" has been used, only the "File (F)," "Communications (C)," View (V)," "Options (O)," and "Help (H)" columns will appear on the function toolbar. Figure 16-2 NOTE After running WPLSoft for the second time, the last file edited will open and be displayed...
  • Page 692 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 3: Click on the icon on the toolbar: opens new file (Ctrl+N), see figure 16-4 below Figure 16-4 You can also find “New file (N) (Ctrl+N)” in the "File (F)", as shown in figure 16-5 below. NOTE Figure 16-5 Step 4: The "Device settings"...
  • Page 693 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 5: Press Confirm after completing settings and begin program editing. There are two program editing methods; you can choose whether to perform editing in the command mode or the ladder diagram mode (see figure 16-8 below). Figure 16-8 NOTE In ladder diagram mode, you can perform program editing using the buttons on the...
  • Page 694 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Basic Operation-Example Input the ladder diagram as the figure below. The following steps can be operated through the mouse or function key (F1–F12) on the keyboard. Figure 16-10 Step 1: The following screen will appear after a new file is established: Figure 16-11 Step 2: Click on the always-open switch icon or press the function key F1.
  • Page 695 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Figure 16-13 Step 3: Click on the output coil icon or press function key F7. After the name of the input device and the comment dialog box have appeared, the device name (such as "Y"), device number (such as "0"), and input comments (such as "output coil") can be selected;...
  • Page 696 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 4: Press “ENTER” button, when the “Input Instructions” window appears, key in “END” in the field and press the OK button (see figure 16-16 and 16-17 below). Figure 16-16 Figure 16-17 Step 5: Click on the “Ladder diagram =>...
  • Page 697 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-3-5 Program download After inputting a program using WPLSoft, select compile . After completing compilation, select to download a program. WPLSoft will perform program download with the online PLC in the communications format specified in communications settings. 16-3-6 Program monitoring While confirming that the PLC is in the Run mode, after downloading a program, click on in the...

  • Page 698: Basic Principles Of Plc Ladder Diagrams

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-4 Basic principles of PLC ladder diagrams 16-4-1 Schematic diagram of PLC ladder diagram program scanning Output results are calculated on the basis of the ladder diagram configuration Repeated (internal devices will have implementation real-time output before results are sent to an external output point) 16-4-2 Introduction to ladder diagrams...
  • Page 699 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Introduction to the basic internal devices in a PLC Device type Description of Function An input relay constitutes the basic unit of storage in a PLC's internal memory corresponding to an external input point (which serves as a terminal connecting with an external input switch and receiving external input signals).
  • Page 700 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Device type Description of Function  Device indicated as: T0, T1 to T159, etc. The device is expressed as the symbol "T," and its order is expressed as a decimal number. When a PLC is used to perform various types of sequence control and set time value and count value control, it most commonly perform data processing and numerical operations, and data registers are used exclusively for storage of data and various parameters.
  • Page 701 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Ladder diagram Explanation of commands Command Using Device structures Coil driven output Y、M commands Some basic Some basic commands, commands applications commands Applications commands Inverted logic 16-4-3 Overview of PLC ladder diagram editing The program editing method begins from the left busbar and proceeds to the right busbar (the right busbar is omitted when editing using WPLSoft).
  • Page 702 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Explanation of basic structure of ladder diagrams LD (LDI) command: An LD or LDI command is given at the start of a block. LDP and LDF have this command structure, but there are differences in their action state. LDP, LDF only act at the rising or falling edge of a conducting contact.
  • Page 703 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ORB command: A configuration in which one block is in parallel with one device or block. In the case of ANB and ORB operations, if a number of blocks are connected, they should be combined to form a block or network from the top down or from left to right. MPS, MRD, MPP commands: Branching point memory for multiple outputs, enabling multiple, different outputs.
  • Page 704 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-4-4 Commonly-used basic program design examples Start, stop, and protection Some applications may require a brief close or brief break using the buttons to start and stop equipment. A protective circuit, therefore, must be designed to maintain continued operation in these situations;...
  • Page 705 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Commonly-used control circuits Example 4: Conditional control X1 & X3 respectively start/stop Y1, and X2 & X4 respectively start/stop Y2. All of these have protective circuits. Because Y1's N.O. contact is series connected with Y2's circuit, it becomes an AND condition for the actuation of Y2.
  • Page 706 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Example 6: Sequence control If the N.C. contact of Y2 in the interlocking control configuration of example 5 is put in series with the Y1 circuit, so that it is an AND condition for actuation of Y1 (see figure below), not only is Y1 a condition for the actuation of Y2 in this circuit, the actuation of Y2 will also stop the actuation of Y1.
  • Page 707 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Example 8: Flashing circuit The following figure shows an oscillating circuit of a type commonly used to cause an indicator light to flash or buzzers to buzz. It uses two timers to control the On and Off time of Y1 coil.
  • Page 708 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Example 11: The open/close delay circuit is composed of two timers; output Y4 will have a delay whether input X0 is On or Off. TMR T5 5秒 TMR T6 3秒 Example 12: Extended timing circuit In the circuit in the figure on the left, the total delay time from the moment input X0 closes to the time output Y1 is electrified is (n1+n2)*T, where T is the clock cycle.

  • Page 709: Various Plc Device Functions

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-5 Various PLC device functions Item Specifications Notes Algorithmic control Program stored internally, alternating method back-and-forth scanning method When it starts again after ending (after execution to Input / output control the END command), the input/output has an method immediate refresh command Algorithmic...
  • Page 710 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-5-1 Introduction to device functions Input/output contact functions Input contact X functions: Input contact X is connected with an input device, and reads input signals entering the PLC. The number of times that contact a or b of input contact X used in the program is not subject to restrictions.
  • Page 711 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Relationship between bits, digits, nibbles, words, and double words in a binary system (see figure below): Octal Number, OCT The external input and output terminals of a DVP-PLC are numbered using octal numbers Example: External input: X0–X7, X10–X17… (Device number table); External output: Y0–Y7, Y10–Y17…...
  • Page 712 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Functions of auxiliary relays Like an output relay Y, an auxiliary relay M has an output coil and contacts a and b, and the number of times they can be used in a program is unrestricted. Users can use an auxiliary relay M to configure the control circuit, but cannot use it to directly drive an external load.
  • Page 713 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Example RST C0 C0 K5 1. When X0=On and the RST command is executed, the current value of C0 will revert to 0, and the output contact will revert to Off. 2. When X1 changes from Off→On, the current value of the counter will execute an increase (add one).
  • Page 714 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-5-2 Introduction to special relay functions (special M) R/W items: RO: read only function; RW: read and write function Special Description of Function R/W * Operates monitor NO contact (contact a). NO while RUN, contact a. This contact M1000 is On while in the RUN state.
  • Page 715 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special Description of Function R/W * M1045 M1047 M1048 -- M1049 -- M1050 -- M1051 -- M1052 Lock frequency (lock, frequency locked at the current operating frequency) M1053 -- M1054 -- M1055 -- M1056 Excitation ready (Servo On Ready) M1057 -- M1058 On Quick Stopping M1059 CANopen Master setting complete...
  • Page 716 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-5-3 Introduction to special register functions (special D) Special Description of Function R/W * D1000 -- D1001 Device system program version D1002 Program capacity D1003 Total program memory content D1004 D1009 D1010 Current scan time (units: 0.1 ms) D1011 Minimum scan time (units: 0.1 ms) D1012 Maximum scan time (units: 0.1 ms) D1013...
  • Page 717 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special Description of Function R/W * D1046 D1049 Actual Operation Mode D1050 0: Speed D1051 -- D1052 -- D1053 -- D1054 -- D1055 -- D1056 -- D1057 -- D1058 -- D1059 -- Operation Mode setting D1060 0: Speed D1061 485 COM1 communications time out time (ms)
  • Page 718 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special Description of Function R/W * D1126 Internal node 0 status D1127 Internal node 0 reference status L D1128 Internal node 0 reference status H D1129 -- D1130 Internal node 1 control command D1131 Internal node 1 mode D1132 Internal node 1 reference command L D1133 Internal node 1 reference command H D1134 --...
  • Page 719 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special Description of Function R/W * D1181 Internal node 6 mode D1182 Internal node 6 reference command L D1183 Internal node 6 reference command H D1184 -- D1185 -- D1186 Internal node 6 status D1187 Internal node 6 reference status L D1188 Internal node 6 reference status H D1189 -- D1190 Internal node 7 control command...
  • Page 720 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special Description of Function Default R/W* D1225 PID1 P value (decimal point 2) D1226 PID2 I value (decimal point 2) 1000 D1227 PID2 D value (decimal point 2) D1229 Max. limit of PID2 10000 D1235 Counting value of PID2 (decimal point 2) The following is CANopen Master's special D (can be written in only with PLC in Stop state) ※...
  • Page 721 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Power Special D Description of Function Default: Memory Corresponding real-time transmission type (PDO) D1097 Setting range: 1–240 Corresponding real-time receiving type (PDO) D1098 Setting range: 1–240 Initialization completion delay time D1099 15 sec. Setting range: 1 to 60000 sec Station number n of slave station D2000+100*n Setting range: 0–127...
  • Page 722 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Basic definitions PDO Default: Special D Description of Function Default: Index 1 2 3 Communications break handling method of D2006+100*n 6007H-0010H slave station number n D2007+100*n Error code of slave station number n error 603FH-0010H D2008+100*n Control word of slave station number n 6040H-0010H ●...
  • Page 723 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-5-4 PLC Communication address Device Range Type Address (Hex) 00–37 (Octal) 0400–041F 00–37 (Octal) 0500–051F 00–159 bit/word 0600–069F 000–799 0800–0B1F 1000–1079 0BE8–0C37 0–79 bit/word 0E00–0E47 00–399 word 1000–118F 1000–1198 word 13E8–144B 2000–2799 word 17D0–1AEF Command code that can be used Function Code Description of Function Function target...

  • Page 724: Introduction To The Command Window

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-6 Introduction to the Command Window 16-6-1 Overview of basic commands Ordinary commands Command Execution Function OPERAND code speed (us) Load contact a X、Y、M、T、C Load contact b X、Y、M、T、C X、Y、M、T、C Connect contact a in series X、Y、M、T、C Connect contact b in series X、Y、M、T、C Connect contact a in parallel...
  • Page 725 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Upper/lower differential output commands Command Execution Function OPERAND code speed (us) Y、M Upper differential output Y、M Lower differential output Stop command Command Execution Function OPERAND code speed (us) Program conclusion Other commands Command Execution Function OPERAND code speed (us)
  • Page 726 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Connect contact a in series X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand      － The AND command is used to create a series connection to contact a; first reads current status of the designated series contact and logical operation results before contact in order to perform "AND"...
  • Page 727 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Connect contact b in parallel X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand      － The ORI command is used to establish a parallel connection to contact b; its function is to first read current status of the designated series contact and logical operation results before contact in order to perform "OR"...
  • Page 728 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Save to stack Operand Save current content of cumulative register to the stack. (Add one to stack pointer) Command Function Read stack (pointer does not change) Operand Reads stack content and saves to cumulative register. (Stack pointer does not change) Command Function...
  • Page 729 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Action continues (ON) X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand   － － － － When the SET command is driven, the designated element will be set as On, and will be maintained in an On state, regardless of whether the SET command is still driven. The RST command can be used to set the element as Off.
  • Page 730 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function 16-bit counter C0–C79, K0–K32,767 Operand C0–C79, D0–D399 When the CNT command is executed from OFF→ON, this indicates that the designated counter coil goes from no power → electrified, and 1 will be added to the counter's count value;...
  • Page 731 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function MC/MCR Connect/release a common series contact Operand N0–N7 MC is the main control initiation command, and any commands between MC and MCR will be executed normally. When the MC command is OFF, any commands between MC and MCR will act as follows: Determination of commands Description...
  • Page 732 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Start of forward edge detection action X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand      － The LDP command has the same usage as LD, but its action is different; its function is to save current content, while also saving the detected state of the rising edge of the contact to the cumulative register.
  • Page 733 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function ANDF Reverse edge detection series connection X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand      － The ANDF command is used for a contact falling edge detection series connection. Ladder diagram: Command code: Description: Load Contact a of X0...
  • Page 734 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function Upper differential output X0–X17 Y0–Y17 M0–M799 T0–159 C0–C79 D0–D399 Operand   － － － － Upper differential output commands. When X0=OFF→ON (positive edge-triggered), the PLS command will be executed, and M0 will send one pulse, with a pulse length consisting of one scanning period.
  • Page 735 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command Function No action Operand The command NOP does not perform any operation in the program. Because execution of this command will retain the original logical operation results, it can be used in the following situation: the NOP command can be used to replace a command that is deleted without changing the program length.
  • Page 736 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-6-3 Overview of application commands Command code STEPS Classification Function command 16 bit 32 bit 16bit 32bit CALL –  Call subprogram – Circuit control SRET – – Conclusion of subprogram – FEND – – Conclusion of main program –...
  • Page 737 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command code STEPS Classification Function command 16 bit 32 bit 16bit 32bit – Binary floating point number DASIN  – ASIN operation – Binary floating point number DACOS  – ACOS operation – Binary floating point number DATAN ...
  • Page 738 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Command code STEPS Classification Function 16 bit 32 bit command 16bit 32bit Floating point number contact FLD＝ – – – form compare LD ※ Floating point Floating point number contact FLD＞ – – – contact form form compare LD ※...
  • Page 739 Notes on operand usage: 32-bit command The S operand can designate P － － － － CP2000 series device: The S operand can designate P0-P63 Flag signal: none  S：Call subprogram pointer.  Write the subprogram after the FEND command. ...
  • Page 740 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FEND Conclusion a main program － Bit device Word device 16-bit command (1 STEP) Continuous KnX KnY KnM FEND － － execution type 32-bit command Notes on operand usage: No operand － － － － A contact-driven command is not needed Flag signal: none ...
  • Page 741 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Compares set output Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous CMPP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 742 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Range comparison Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) Continuous ZCPP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 743 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Data movement Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous MOVP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) Notes on operand usage: none DMOV Continuous...
  • Page 744 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 SMOV Nibble movement     Bit device Word device 16-bit command (11 STEP) Continuous SMOVP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (21 STEP) ＊...
  • Page 745 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000  When M1168 is On (BIN mode), and the SMOV command is executed, D10 and D20 do not change in BCD mode, but send 4 digits as a unit in BIN mode. 16-62...
  • Page 746 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BMOV Send all Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) KnX KnY KnM BMOV Continuous BMOVP Pulse ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊...
  • Page 747 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN to BCD transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous BCDP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 748 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BCD to BIN transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous BINP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 749 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN addition Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous ADDP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 750 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN subtraction Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous SUBP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 751 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN multiplication Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous MULP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 752 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN division Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous DIVP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 753 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN add one Bit device Word device 16-bit command (3 STEP) Continuous INCP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ Notes on operand usage: none 32-bit command (5 STEP) DINC Continuous DINCP...
  • Page 754 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN subtract one Bit device Word device 16-bit command (3 STEP) Continuous DECP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ Notes on operand usage: none 32-bit command (5 STEP) DDEC Continuous DDECP Pulse execution type execution type...
  • Page 755 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Right rotation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous RORP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) DROR Continuous DRORP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type...
  • Page 756 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Left rotation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous ROLP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) Notes on operand usage: DROL Continuous DROLP...
  • Page 757 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ZRST Clear range Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) KnX KnY KnM ZRST Continuous ZRSTP Pulse ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command Notes on operand usage: －...
  • Page 758 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 DECO Decoder Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) DECO Continuous DECOP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 759 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ENCO Encoder Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) ENCO Continuous ENCOP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 760 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ON bit number Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous SUMP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 761 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ON bit judgement Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) Continuous BONP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 762 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 whole number → binary decimal transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command Continuous FLTP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9steps) Notes on operand usage: Please refer to the function specifications DFLT Continuous...
  • Page 763 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ECMP Comparison of binary floating point numbers Bit device Word device 16-bit command KnX KnY KnM － － － － ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) DECMP Continuous DECMP Pulse ＊ execution type execution type Notes on operand usage:...
  • Page 764 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 EZCP Comparison of binary floating point number range Bit device Word device 16-bit command KnX KnY KnM － － － － ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (17 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ DEZCP Continuous DEZCP Pulse...
  • Page 765 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Angle → Radian Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DRAD Continuous DRADP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in series for the scope of device usage Flag signal: none...
  • Page 766 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Radian → Angle Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DDEG Continuous DDEGP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in series for the scope of device usage Flag signal: none...
  • Page 767 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 EADD Adding binary floating point numbers Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ DEADD Continuous DEADDP Pulse ＊ execution type execution type Notes on operand usage: Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 768 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ESUB Subtraction of binary floating point numbers Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ DESUB Continuous DESUBP Pulse ＊ execution type execution type Notes on operand usage:...
  • Page 769 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 EMUL Multiplication of binary floating point numbers Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ DEMUL Continuous DEMULP Pulse ＊ execution type execution type Notes on operand usage:...
  • Page 770 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 EDIV Division of binary floating point numbers Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (13 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ DEDIV Continuous DEDIVP Pulse ＊ execution type execution type Notes on operand usage:...
  • Page 771 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number obtain exponent Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DEXP Continuous DEXPP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 772 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number obtain logarithm Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ Continuous DLNP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in series for the scope of device usage...
  • Page 773 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ESQR Binary floating point number find square root Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DESQR Continuous DESQR Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 774 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number → BIN whole number transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command Continuous INTP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) Notes on operand usage: DINT Continuous DINTP...
  • Page 775 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number SIN operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DSIN Continuous DSINP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in series...
  • Page 776 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number COS operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DCOS Continuous DCOSP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 777 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Binary floating point number TAN operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DTAN Continuous DTANP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 778 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ASIN Binary floating point number ASIN operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DASIN Continuous DASINP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 779 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ACOS Binary floating point number ACOS operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DACOS Continuous DACOS Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 780 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ATAN Binary floating point number ATAN operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DATAN Continuous DATANP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 781 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 SINH Binary floating point number SINH operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DSINH Continuous DSINHP Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 782 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 COSH Binary floating point number COSH operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DCOSH Continuous DCOSH Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 783 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 TANH Binary floating point number TANH operation Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ DTANH Continuous DTANH Pulse Notes on operand usage: execution type execution type Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in...
  • Page 784 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 SWAP Exchange the up/down 8 bits Bit device Word device 16-bit command (3 STEP) SWAP Continuous SWAPP Pulse execution KnX KnY KnM execution type type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (5 STEP) Notes on operand usage: none DSWAP Continuous...
  • Page 785 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 MODRW Modbus data read/write Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) KnX KnY KnM MODRW Continuous MODRW Pulse execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ － －...
  • Page 786 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 PLC controlling slave device MODRW command Serial Example Node Functio Addres Registe Length: n code Reads 4 sets of data comprising the PLC slave device's X0 to X3 state, and H400 saves the read data in bits 0 to 3 of D0 Reads 4 sets of data comprising the PLC slave device's Y0 to Y3 state, and H500...
  • Page 787 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000  Will trigger M0 On when the PLC begins to operate, and sends instruction to execute one MODRW command.  After receiving the slave device's response, if the command is correct, it will execute one ROL command, which will cause M1 to be On. ...
  • Page 788 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 TCMP Comparison of calendar data Bit device Word device 16-bit command (11 STEP) KnX KnY KnM TCMP Continuous TCMPP Pulse ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 789 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 TZCP Comparison of calendar data Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) KnX KnY KnM TZCP Continuous TZCPP Pulse ＊ ＊ ＊ execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ －...
  • Page 790 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 TADD Calendar data addition Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) TADD Continuous TADDP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ － －...
  • Page 791 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 TSUB Calendar data subtraction Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) TSUB Continuous TSUBP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ － －...
  • Page 792 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Calendar data read Bit device Word device 16-bit command (3 STEP) Continuous TRDP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ Notes on operand usage: 32-bit command Please refer to the function specifications table for each device in －...
  • Page 793 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 BIN→GRAY code transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous GRYP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) Notes on operand usage: DGRY Continuous...
  • Page 794 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 GBIN GRAY code →BIN transformation Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) GBIN Continuous GBINP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 795 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Contact form logical operation LD# 215– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 796 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 AND# Contact form logical operation AND# 218– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) AND# Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 797 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Contact form logical operation OR# 221– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 798 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 LD※ Contact form compare LD* 224– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) LD※ Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 799 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 AND※ Contact form compare AND* 232– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) AND※ Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 800 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 OR※ Contact form compare OR* 240– Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) OR※ Continuous － － KnX KnY KnM execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 801 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FLD※ Floating point number contact form compare LD* 275– Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ Continuous FLD※ － －...
  • Page 802 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FAND※ Floating point number contact form compare AND* 281– Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ FAND※ Continuous － －...
  • Page 803 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FOR※ Floating point number contact form compare OR* 287– Bit device Word device 16-bit command － － － － KnX KnY KnM ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (9 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊ Continuous FOR※ － －...
  • Page 804 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-6-5 Detailed explanation of driver special applications commands Read servo parameter Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) KnX KnY KnM Continuous RPRP Pulse execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command Notes on operand usage: none －...
  • Page 805 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Pr.01-14: Acceleration time 2 Pr.01-15: Deceleration time 2 Pr.01-16: Acceleration time 3 Pr.01-17: Deceleration time 3 Pr.01-18: Acceleration time 4 Pr.01-19: Deceleration time 4 Pr.02-12: Select MI Conversion Time mode: Pr.02-18: Select MO Conversion Time mode: Pr.04-50–Pr.04-69: PLC register parameter 0–19 Pr.08-04: Upper limit of integral Pr.08-05: PID output upper limit...
  • Page 806 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FPID Driver PID control mode Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) FPID Continuous FPIDP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ －...
  • Page 807 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 FREQ Driver speed control mode Bit device Word device 16-bit command (7 STEP) FREQ Continuous FREQP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ －...
  • Page 808 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Example: When using r to write a program FREQ K2000 K1000 K1000 If we force M0 to be 1, the frequency command will be 20.00 Hz; but when M0 is set as 0, there will be a different situation. Case 1: When the bit0 of Pr.09-33 is 0, and M0 is set as 0, the frequency command remains at 20.00 Hz.
  • Page 809 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 CANRX Read CANopen slave station data Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) CANRX Continuous CANRX Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ － － －...
  • Page 810 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 CANTX Write CANopen slave station data Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) CANTX Continuous CANTXP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊...
  • Page 811 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 ICOMW Internal communications write Bit device Word device 16-bit command (9 STEP) ICOMW Continuous ICOMW Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command (17 STEP) ＊ ＊ ＊...
  • Page 812 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 WPRA Drive parameters write-in Bit device Word device 16-bit command (5 STEP) WORA Continuous WORAP Pulse KnX KnY KnM execution type execution type ＊ ＊ ＊ 32-bit command ＊ ＊ ＊ － － － － Notes on operand usage: none Flag signal: none : Data that is going to write in...

  • Page 813: Error Display And Handling

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-7 Error display and handling Code Description Recommended handling approach Turn power on and off when resetting the PLrA RTC time check keypad time Turn power on and off after making sure PLrt incorrect RTC mode that the keypad is securely connected Check whether the program has an error PLod...

  • Page 814: Canopen Master Control Applications

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-8 CANopen Master control applications Control of a simple multi-axis application is required in certain situations. If the device supports the CANopen protocol, a CP2000 can serve as the master in implementing simple control (speed control).
  • Page 815 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000  After leaving the PLC register window, the register setting screen will appear, as shown below: If there is a new PLC program and no settings have yet been made, you can read default data from the converter, and merely edit it to suit the current application.
  • Page 816 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 After reading the data, it is necessary to perform some special D settings. Before proceeding, we will first introduce the special D implications and setting range. The CANopen Master's special D range is currently D1070 to D1099 and D2000 to D2799; this range is divided into 3 blocks: The first block is used to display CANopen's current status, and has a range of D1070 to D1089;...
  • Page 817 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Special D Description of Function D1073 CANopen break channel (bit0=Machine code0 …….) Error code of master error 0: No error D1074 1: Slave station setting error 2: Synchronizing cycle setting error (too small) D1075 Reserved D1076 SDO error message (main index value) D1077...
  • Page 818 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 If slave devices have a slow start-up, the master can delay for a short time before performing slave station configuration; this time delay can be set via D1092. Special D Description of Function Default: D1092 Delay before start of initialization With regard to slave device initialization, a delay time can be set to judge whether failure has occurred.
  • Page 819 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 RXPDO PDO2 (Remote I/O) PDO1 (Speed) Description Special D Description Special D Slave device DI D2026+100*n Mode word D2009+100*n Slave device AI1 D2028+100*n Actual frequency D2013+100*n Slave device AI2 D2029+100*n Slave device AI3 D2030+100*n Because usage requires only simple to open the corresponding PDO, where TXPDO employs D2034+100*n settings and RXPDO employs D2067+100*n settings.
  • Page 820 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 D2013+n*100). This also illustrates how the master can handle these tasks through read/write operations in the special D area. Furthermore, it should be noted that the remote I/O of PDO2 can obtain the slave device's current DI and AI status, and can also control the slave device's DO and AO status.
  • Page 821 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Remote I/O PDO Default Special D Description of Function Default D2026+100*n MI status of slave station number n ▲ D2027+100*n MO setting of slave station number n ● D2028+100*n AI1 status of slave station number n ▲...
  • Page 822 Step 5: Set the slave stations' station numbers, communications speed, control source, and command source Delta's CP2000 and EC series devices currently support the CANopen communications interface driver, and the corresponding slave station numbers and communications speed parameters are as follows:...
  • Page 823 Communication 09-37 09-21 speed 125 Kbps 100 Kbps 50 Kbps Delta's A2 Servo currently supports the CANopen communications interface, and the corresponding slave station numbers and communications speed parameters are as follows: Corresponding device parameters Value Definition Slave station Pr.03-00 1–127...
  • Page 824 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 7: Initiate control After a program has been written and downloaded, switch the PLC mode to Run. Merely turn power to master and slave stations off and then on again. Refer to CANMasterTest 1 vs. 2 driver.dvp Example: CP2000 driver one-to-two control Step 1: Activating CANopen Master functions...
  • Page 825 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Refresh command: Use CANFLS command to refresh (if there are RW attributes, the master will write to the slave station; if there are RO attributes, the slave station will return the read values to the master); M1066 will be 1 if refresh has been completed; M1067 will be 1 if refresh is successful, and M1067 will be 0 if an error has occurred.
  • Page 826 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-9 Explanation of various PLC speed mode controls Speed mode supports SVC control. Under the speed mode of SVC control, it cannot be performed successfully unless finish motor parameter auto tuning ahead of time. Control methods and settings are explained as follows: Speed control: Register table for speed mode: Control special M...
  • Page 827 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 M1042 can be used to perform quick stop, and deceleration will be as quick as possible without giving rise to an error. (There may still be a jump error if the load is too large.) Control user rights: M1040(Servo ON) >...

  • Page 828: Internal Communications Main Node Control

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-10 Internal communications main node control The protocol has been developed in order to facilitate the use of 485 instead of CANopen in certain application situations. The 485 protocol offers similar real-time characteristics as CANopen; this protocol can only be used on the CP2000 and CT2000 devices.
  • Page 829 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Master programming: In a program, D1110 can be used to define a slave station to be controlled (1–8, if set as 0, can jump between 8 stations). Afterwards, M1035 is set as 1, and the memory positions of the master and slave stations will correspond.
  • Page 830 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Description of Function Attributes Special D Speed mode Frequency command arrival Clockwise Counterclockwise: Warning D1126 + 10*N Error Quick Stop Servo ON D1127 + 10*N Actual frequency D1128 + 10*N ※ N = 0–7 Example: Assume it is desired to control slave station 1 operation at frequencies of 30.00 Hz and 60.00 Hz, status, and online node correspondences: When it is judged that slave station 1 is online, delay 3 sec.
  • Page 831 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 It is required slave station 1 maintain forward rotation at 30.00 Hz for 1 sec., and maintain reverse rotation at 60.00 Hz for 1 sec., and repeat this cycle continuously. 16-148...

  • Page 832: Modbus Remote Io Control Applications (Use Modrw)

    (0x01), read input (0x02), read register (0x03), write to single register (0x06), write to several coils (0x0F), and write to several registers (0x10). Explanations and the usage of these functions are provided as follows: MODRW command General Slave device is Delta's PLC Slave device is Delta's Node meaning meaning...
  • Page 833 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 When the reported message indicates no error, it will switch to the next transmitted command M1077 M1078 M1079 ROLP K4M0 485 R/W 485 R/W 485 R/W rite is co rite is fail rite is time 0 If time out occurs or an error is reported, the M1077 will change to On.
  • Page 834 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 RTU485: The station number = 8 (give example) ID7 ID6 ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 ID0 PA3 PA2 PA1 PA0 DR2 DR1 DR0 A/R Communication station #: ID0~ ID7 are defined as 2 , 2 , 2 ...2 , 2 Communication protocol Communication Protocol Communicaton Speed...
  • Page 835 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 3: Physical configuration CP200 0 Step 4: Write to PLC program 16-152...
  • Page 836 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-153...
  • Page 837 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Step 5: Actual testing situation: I/O testing: When the switch is activated, it can be discovered that the display corresponds to M115 - M108. Furthermore, it can be seen that one output point light is added every 1 sec. (the display uses a binary format) This light signal increase by 1number per second.
  • Page 838 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-155...

  • Page 839: Calendar Function

    Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 16-12 Calendar functions Keypad (KPC-CC01) should be connected, or the CP2000 cannot be used. Currently-support commands include TCMP (comparison of calendar data), TZCP (calendar data range comparison), TADD (calendar data addition), TSUB (calendar data subtraction), and TRD (calendar reading). Please refer to the explanation of relevant commands and functions for the usage of these commands.
  • Page 840 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 Practical applications: We will perform a demo of simple applications. We first correct the keypad time. After pressing Menu on the keypad, select the 9th time setting option. After selection, set the current time.    ...
  • Page 841 Chapter 16 PLC Function Applications│CP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 16-158...

  • Page 842: Chapter 17 Introduction To Bacnet

    Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet 1. About BACnet: BACnet is an ASHRAE communication protocol for building automation and control networks. (ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.). CP2000’s BACnet is based on version 2004. BACnet’s regulations are related to several kinds of physical layers’...
  • Page 843 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Object Type Property ID Device Analog Value Binary Value #104 RELINQUISH DEFAULT V *3 V *3 #107 SEGMENTATION_SUPPORTED #111 STATUS FLAGS #112 SYSTEM_STATUS #117 UNITS #120 VENDOR_IDENTIFIER #121 VENDOR_NAME #139 PROTOCOL_REVISION #155 DATABASE_REVISION *1. The Object_ID and Object_Name Properties of Device are writeable. *2.
  • Page 844 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Object Object Name Object Description Unit Number AV 010 Reserved Reserved UNITS_NO_UNITS AV 011 (P9-11 map set) AV11 will modify data which is P9-11 mapping to Depends AV 012 (P9-12 map set) AV12 will modify data which is P9-12 mapping to Depends AV 013 (P9-13 map set)
  • Page 845 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Object Object Name Object Description Unit Number AV 043 Error code Error code UNITS_NO_UNITS AV 044 Output current Display output current (Amp) UNITS_AMPERES AV 045 DC bus voltage Display DC bus voltage (Volt) UNITS_VOLTS AV 046 Output Voltage Display output voltage of U, V, W (Volt)
  • Page 846 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 2.3 Commandable Binary Value Object In CP2000, we have BV_000–BV_015 supporting commandable Present_Value property. For these BV_Objects, we also can use (Multi) Read_Service to access Priority_Array and Relinquish_Default properties. Object Object Name Object Description Number BV 000 ACTIVE CMD...
  • Page 847 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Object Object Name Object Description Number BV 029 Reserved Reserved BV 030 Reserved Reserved BV 031 Reserved Reserved 17-6...
  • Page 848 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 3. Steps to setup the Pr about BACnet in CP2000 Related to BACnet function in CP2000, We have to configure 2 parts of Parameters Part1. Setup parameters related to Communication at Pr_Group9. Part2. Setup parameters related to System_Parameter at Pr_Group0. Part1.
  • Page 849 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000  Connection of the communication cable as shown in the below diagram. Please note that HW Pins of COM1_Port are shared by RJ45 and RS-485. That means user can use RJ45_cable or RS-485_lines to access the COM1_Port. When BACnet is enabled, COM1_Port will be dominated by BACnet function.
  • Page 850 Revision: 7 Product Description: Delta VFD-CP2000 is a Variable Frequency AC motor Drive with BACnet embedded. In VFD-CP2000, the BACnet connection is by MS/TP, RS-485-based. VFD-CP2000 provides a BACnet communication function that permits it as a server and supports BIBBs defined by the BACnet B-ASC.
  • Page 851 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Data Link Layer Options:  BACnet IP, (Annex J)  BACnet IP, (Annex J), Foreign Device  ISO 8802-3, Ethernet (Clause 7)  ANSI/ATA 878.1, 2.5 Mb. ARCNET (Clause 8)  ANSI/ATA 878.1, RS-485 ARCNET (Clause 8), baud rate(s) ____________ ...
  • Page 852 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 The Properties of Objects Object Type Property ID Device Analog Value Binary Value ACTIVE TEXT APDU_TIMEOUT APPLICATION_SOFTWARE_VERSION DESCRIPTION DEVICE ADDRESS BINDING EVENT STATE FIRMWARE_REVISION INACTIVE TEXT MAX_APDU_LENGTH_ACCEPTED MAX_INFO_FRAMES MAX_MASTER MODEL_NAME NUMBER_OF_APDU_RETRIES OBJECT_IDENTIFIER V *1 OBJECT_LIST OBJECT_NAME V *1...
  • Page 853 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000  Commandable Analog Value Object In VFD-CP2000, we have AV_000–AV_026 supporting commandable Present_Value property. In these AV_Objects, we also can use (Multi) Read_Service to access Priority_Array and Relinquish_Default properties. Object Object Name Object Description Unit Number AV 000...
  • Page 854 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000  Status (Readonly) Analog Value Object In VFD-CP2000, we have AV_027–AV_068 with read-only Present_Value property. In these AV_Objects, we do NOT have Priority_Array and Relinquish_Default properties. Object Object Name Object Description Unit Number AV 027 AV_027_Reserved Reserved UNITS_NO_UNITS...
  • Page 855 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 Object Object Name Object Description Unit Number AV 059 AV_059_KW per Hour KW per Hour UNITS_KILOWATTS AV 060 AV_060_Multi-speed switch Real multi-speed switch UNITS_NO_UNITS AV 061 AV_061_AVI1 input value 0~10V corresponds to 0~100% UNITS_PERCENT AV 062 AV_062_ACI input value 4~20mA/0~10V corresponds to 0~100%...
  • Page 856 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000  Status (Readonly) Binary Value Object In VFD-CP2000, we have BV_016–BV_031 with read-only Present_Value property. In these BV_Objects, we do NOT have Priority_Array and Relinquish_Default properties. Object Object Name Object Description Number BV 016 BV_016_ARRIVE STATE (0)Not yet;(1)Arrive (OutputFreq=FreqCmd) BV 017...
  • Page 857 Chapter 17 Introduction to BACnet │CP2000 [This page intentionally left blank] 17-16...

  • Page 858: Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function │CP2000 Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function 18-1 The Drive Safety Function Failure Rate 18-2 Safe Torque Off Terminal Function Description 18-3 Wiring Diagram 18-4 Parameter 18-5 Operating Sequence Description 18-6 New Error Code for STO Function 18-1...

  • Page 859: The Drive Safety Function Failure Rate

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function│CP2000 18-1 The Drive Safety Function Failure Rate Item Definition Standard Performance Channel 1: 80.08% Safe Torque Off IEC61508 Channel 2: 68.91% Hardware Fault Tolerance IEC61508 (Type A subsystem) IEC61508 SIL 2 Safety Integrity Level IEC62061 SILCL 2 Average frequency of dangerous...

  • Page 860: Wiring Diagram

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function │CP2000 18-3 Wiring diagram 18-3-1Internal STO circuit as below: 18-3-2 In the figure below, the default setting for +24V-STO1-STO2 and SCM1-SCM2-DCM is short circuit 18-3...
  • Page 861 Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function│CP2000 18-3-3 The control loop wiring diagram: 1. Remove the shot-circuit of +24V-STO1-STO2 and DCM-SCM1-SCM2. 2. The wiring as below diagram. The ESTOP switch must at Close status in normal situation and drive will be able to Run. 3.

  • Page 862: Parameters

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function │CP2000 18-4 Parameter  STO Alarm Latch Default: 0 Settings 0：STO Alarm Latch 1：STO Alarm no Latch  Pr.06-44=0 STO Alarm Latch: after the reason of STO Alarm is cleared, you need a Reset command to clear STO Alarm.

  • Page 863: Operating Sequence Description

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function│CP2000 18-5 Operating Sequence Description 18-5-1 Normal operation status As shown in Figure 1: When the STO1–SCM1 and STO2–SCM2=ON (no STO function is needed), the drive executes “Operating” or “Output Stop” according to the RUN/STOP command. Figure 1 18-5-2-1 STO, Pr.06-44=0, Pr.02-35=0 As shown in Figure 4: When both of STO1–SCM1 and STO2–SCM2 channel have turned off during...
  • Page 864 Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function │CP2000 18-5-3 STO, Pr.06-44=1 STO Alarm no latch Figure 4 18-5-4 STL1 Figure 5 18-5-4 STL2 Figure 6 18-7...

  • Page 865: New Error Code For Sto Function

    Chapter 18 Safe Torque Off Function│CP2000 18-6 New Error Code for STO Function Fault Record 1 Fault Record 2 Fault Record 3 Fault Record 4 Fault Record 5 Fault Record 6 Settings 72: Channel 1 (STO1–SCM1) safety loop error (STL1) 76: Safe torque off (STO) 77: Channel 2 (STO2–SCM2) safety loop error (STL2) 78: Internal loop error (STL3)

  • Page 866: Appendix A. Revision History

    The descriptions of new extension cards, EMC-A22A (I/O relay), and Chapter 8 CMC-PN01 (Communication, PROFINET). Delta standard filedbus cable list. Efficiency curve, and derating curve of voltage / current. Chpater 9...
  • Page 867 Appendix A. Revision History CP2000 Updated information Description Related part Nameplate information, the decription of RFI jumper, dimensions of the drives Chapter 1 and the keypad. The decriptions of unpacking and using the lifting hook and the figure. Chpater 3 The wiring diagrams of all frame sizes, and the wiring of SINK (NPN) / Chpater 4 SOURCE (PNP) mode.
  • Page 868 Appendix A. Revision HistoryCP2000 Updated information Description Related part 09-60, 09-72, 09-75  Parameter group 10: 10-32, 10-34, 10-39, 10-40, 10-41, 10-49, 10-52,  Parameter group 12: 12-00, 12-05, 12-08 The descriptions of the adjustment and application for AC drive. Section 12-2 The descriptions of the warning codes Chpater 13...

This manual is also suitable for:

Vfd007cp23a-21Vfd015cp23a-21Vfd022cp23a-21Vfd037cp23a-21Vfd055cp23a-21Vfd007cp43a-21 ... Show all

Table of Contents